Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/intervals.c @ 75303:528bac1f7b32
*** empty log message ***
author | Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Sat, 20 Jan 2007 15:43:48 +0000 |
parents | e90d04cd455a |
children | f071ad404b30 95d0cdf160ea |
rev | line source |
---|---|
1157 | 1 /* Code for doing intervals. |
75227
e90d04cd455a
Update copyright for years from Emacs 21 to present (mainly adding
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
70842
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 1998, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, |
e90d04cd455a
Update copyright for years from Emacs 21 to present (mainly adding
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
70842
diff
changeset
|
3 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
1157 | 4 |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
1157 | 10 any later version. |
11 | |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
64084 | 19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, |
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ | |
1157 | 21 |
22 | |
23 /* NOTES: | |
24 | |
25 Have to ensure that we can't put symbol nil on a plist, or some | |
26 functions may work incorrectly. | |
27 | |
28 An idea: Have the owner of the tree keep count of splits and/or | |
29 insertion lengths (in intervals), and balance after every N. | |
30 | |
31 Need to call *_left_hook when buffer is killed. | |
32 | |
33 Scan for zero-length, or 0-length to see notes about handling | |
34 zero length interval-markers. | |
35 | |
36 There are comments around about freeing intervals. It might be | |
37 faster to explicitly free them (put them on the free list) than | |
38 to GC them. | |
39 | |
40 */ | |
41 | |
42 | |
4696
1fc792473491
Include <config.h> instead of "config.h".
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
4638
diff
changeset
|
43 #include <config.h> |
1157 | 44 #include "lisp.h" |
45 #include "intervals.h" | |
46 #include "buffer.h" | |
4962 | 47 #include "puresize.h" |
8897 | 48 #include "keyboard.h" |
39697
0b986bb45526
Include keymap.h.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
49 #include "keymap.h" |
1157 | 50 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
51 /* Test for membership, allowing for t (actually any non-cons) to mean the |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
52 universal set. */ |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
53 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
54 #define TMEM(sym, set) (CONSP (set) ? ! NILP (Fmemq (sym, set)) : ! NILP (set)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
55 |
5173
d48ba25b35bf
(merge_properties_sticky): Declared.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5169
diff
changeset
|
56 Lisp_Object merge_properties_sticky (); |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
57 static INTERVAL reproduce_tree P_ ((INTERVAL, INTERVAL)); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
58 static INTERVAL reproduce_tree_obj P_ ((INTERVAL, Lisp_Object)); |
1157 | 59 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
60 /* Utility functions for intervals. */ |
1157 | 61 |
62 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
63 /* Create the root interval of some object, a buffer or string. */ |
1157 | 64 |
65 INTERVAL | |
66 create_root_interval (parent) | |
67 Lisp_Object parent; | |
68 { | |
4962 | 69 INTERVAL new; |
70 | |
71 CHECK_IMPURE (parent); | |
72 | |
73 new = make_interval (); | |
1157 | 74 |
9125
a78f02f76f03
(create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval, delete_interval): Use
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9072
diff
changeset
|
75 if (BUFFERP (parent)) |
1157 | 76 { |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
77 new->total_length = (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (parent)) |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
78 - BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent))); |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
79 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (new); |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
80 BUF_INTERVALS (XBUFFER (parent)) = new; |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
81 new->position = BEG; |
1157 | 82 } |
9125
a78f02f76f03
(create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval, delete_interval): Use
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9072
diff
changeset
|
83 else if (STRINGP (parent)) |
1157 | 84 { |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
45781
diff
changeset
|
85 new->total_length = SCHARS (parent); |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
86 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (new); |
46380
48b292c584a6
* intervals.c (create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval,
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
87 STRING_SET_INTERVALS (parent, new); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
88 new->position = 0; |
1157 | 89 } |
90 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
91 SET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (new, parent); |
1157 | 92 |
93 return new; | |
94 } | |
95 | |
96 /* Make the interval TARGET have exactly the properties of SOURCE */ | |
97 | |
98 void | |
99 copy_properties (source, target) | |
100 register INTERVAL source, target; | |
101 { | |
102 if (DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (source) && DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (target)) | |
103 return; | |
104 | |
105 COPY_INTERVAL_CACHE (source, target); | |
106 target->plist = Fcopy_sequence (source->plist); | |
107 } | |
108 | |
109 /* Merge the properties of interval SOURCE into the properties | |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
110 of interval TARGET. That is to say, each property in SOURCE |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
111 is added to TARGET if TARGET has no such property as yet. */ |
1157 | 112 |
113 static void | |
114 merge_properties (source, target) | |
115 register INTERVAL source, target; | |
116 { | |
117 register Lisp_Object o, sym, val; | |
118 | |
119 if (DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (source) && DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (target)) | |
120 return; | |
121 | |
122 MERGE_INTERVAL_CACHE (source, target); | |
123 | |
124 o = source->plist; | |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
125 while (CONSP (o)) |
1157 | 126 { |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
127 sym = XCAR (o); |
1157 | 128 val = Fmemq (sym, target->plist); |
129 | |
130 if (NILP (val)) | |
131 { | |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
132 o = XCDR (o); |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
133 CHECK_CONS (o); |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
134 val = XCAR (o); |
1157 | 135 target->plist = Fcons (sym, Fcons (val, target->plist)); |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
136 o = XCDR (o); |
1157 | 137 } |
138 else | |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
139 o = Fcdr (XCDR (o)); |
1157 | 140 } |
141 } | |
142 | |
143 /* Return 1 if the two intervals have the same properties, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
144 0 otherwise. */ |
1157 | 145 |
146 int | |
147 intervals_equal (i0, i1) | |
148 INTERVAL i0, i1; | |
149 { | |
150 register Lisp_Object i0_cdr, i0_sym, i1_val; | |
21514 | 151 register int i1_len; |
1157 | 152 |
153 if (DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i0) && DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i1)) | |
154 return 1; | |
155 | |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
156 if (DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i0) || DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i1)) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
157 return 0; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
158 |
1157 | 159 i1_len = XFASTINT (Flength (i1->plist)); |
160 if (i1_len & 0x1) /* Paranoia -- plists are always even */ | |
161 abort (); | |
162 i1_len /= 2; | |
163 i0_cdr = i0->plist; | |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
164 while (CONSP (i0_cdr)) |
1157 | 165 { |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
166 /* Lengths of the two plists were unequal. */ |
1157 | 167 if (i1_len == 0) |
168 return 0; | |
169 | |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
170 i0_sym = XCAR (i0_cdr); |
1157 | 171 i1_val = Fmemq (i0_sym, i1->plist); |
172 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
173 /* i0 has something i1 doesn't. */ |
1157 | 174 if (EQ (i1_val, Qnil)) |
175 return 0; | |
176 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
177 /* i0 and i1 both have sym, but it has different values in each. */ |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
178 i0_cdr = XCDR (i0_cdr); |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
179 CHECK_CONS (i0_cdr); |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
180 if (!EQ (Fcar (Fcdr (i1_val)), XCAR (i0_cdr))) |
1157 | 181 return 0; |
182 | |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
183 i0_cdr = XCDR (i0_cdr); |
1157 | 184 i1_len--; |
185 } | |
186 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
187 /* Lengths of the two plists were unequal. */ |
1157 | 188 if (i1_len > 0) |
189 return 0; | |
190 | |
191 return 1; | |
192 } | |
193 | |
194 | |
195 /* Traverse an interval tree TREE, performing FUNCTION on each node. | |
39851
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
196 No guarantee is made about the order of traversal. |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
197 Pass FUNCTION two args: an interval, and ARG. */ |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
198 |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
199 void |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
200 traverse_intervals_noorder (tree, function, arg) |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
201 INTERVAL tree; |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
202 void (* function) P_ ((INTERVAL, Lisp_Object)); |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
203 Lisp_Object arg; |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
204 { |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
205 /* Minimize stack usage. */ |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
206 while (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
207 { |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
208 (*function) (tree, arg); |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
209 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree->right)) |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
210 tree = tree->left; |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
211 else |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
212 { |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
213 traverse_intervals_noorder (tree->left, function, arg); |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
214 tree = tree->right; |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
215 } |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
216 } |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
217 } |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
218 |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
219 /* Traverse an interval tree TREE, performing FUNCTION on each node. |
1958
8bc716df45e3
(traverse_intervals): New arg ARG.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1412
diff
changeset
|
220 Pass FUNCTION two args: an interval, and ARG. */ |
1157 | 221 |
222 void | |
39854
a1e434124570
(traverse_intervals): Drop `depth' arg.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39851
diff
changeset
|
223 traverse_intervals (tree, position, function, arg) |
1157 | 224 INTERVAL tree; |
39854
a1e434124570
(traverse_intervals): Drop `depth' arg.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39851
diff
changeset
|
225 int position; |
20317
f62a4f83537e
(traverse_intervals): Protoize parameter.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
18743
diff
changeset
|
226 void (* function) P_ ((INTERVAL, Lisp_Object)); |
1958
8bc716df45e3
(traverse_intervals): New arg ARG.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1412
diff
changeset
|
227 Lisp_Object arg; |
1157 | 228 { |
39851
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
229 while (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
230 { |
39854
a1e434124570
(traverse_intervals): Drop `depth' arg.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39851
diff
changeset
|
231 traverse_intervals (tree->left, position, function, arg); |
39851
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
232 position += LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
233 tree->position = position; |
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
234 (*function) (tree, arg); |
39854
a1e434124570
(traverse_intervals): Drop `depth' arg.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39851
diff
changeset
|
235 position += LENGTH (tree); tree = tree->right; |
39851
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
236 } |
1157 | 237 } |
238 | |
239 #if 0 | |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
240 |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
241 static int icount; |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
242 static int idepth; |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
243 static int zero_length; |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
244 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
245 /* These functions are temporary, for debugging purposes only. */ |
1157 | 246 |
247 INTERVAL search_interval, found_interval; | |
248 | |
249 void | |
250 check_for_interval (i) | |
251 register INTERVAL i; | |
252 { | |
253 if (i == search_interval) | |
254 { | |
255 found_interval = i; | |
256 icount++; | |
257 } | |
258 } | |
259 | |
260 INTERVAL | |
261 search_for_interval (i, tree) | |
262 register INTERVAL i, tree; | |
263 { | |
264 icount = 0; | |
265 search_interval = i; | |
266 found_interval = NULL_INTERVAL; | |
39851
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
267 traverse_intervals_noorder (tree, &check_for_interval, Qnil); |
1157 | 268 return found_interval; |
269 } | |
270 | |
271 static void | |
272 inc_interval_count (i) | |
273 INTERVAL i; | |
274 { | |
275 icount++; | |
276 if (LENGTH (i) == 0) | |
277 zero_length++; | |
278 if (depth > idepth) | |
279 idepth = depth; | |
280 } | |
281 | |
282 int | |
283 count_intervals (i) | |
284 register INTERVAL i; | |
285 { | |
286 icount = 0; | |
287 idepth = 0; | |
288 zero_length = 0; | |
39851
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
289 traverse_intervals_noorder (i, &inc_interval_count, Qnil); |
1157 | 290 |
291 return icount; | |
292 } | |
293 | |
294 static INTERVAL | |
295 root_interval (interval) | |
296 INTERVAL interval; | |
297 { | |
298 register INTERVAL i = interval; | |
299 | |
300 while (! ROOT_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
301 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 302 |
303 return i; | |
304 } | |
305 #endif | |
306 | |
307 /* Assuming that a left child exists, perform the following operation: | |
308 | |
309 A B | |
310 / \ / \ | |
311 B => A | |
312 / \ / \ | |
313 c c | |
314 */ | |
315 | |
39851
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
316 static INLINE INTERVAL |
1157 | 317 rotate_right (interval) |
318 INTERVAL interval; | |
319 { | |
320 INTERVAL i; | |
321 INTERVAL B = interval->left; | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
322 int old_total = interval->total_length; |
1157 | 323 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
324 /* Deal with any Parent of A; make it point to B. */ |
1157 | 325 if (! ROOT_INTERVAL_P (interval)) |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
326 { |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
327 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (interval)) |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
328 INTERVAL_PARENT (interval)->left = B; |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
329 else |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
330 INTERVAL_PARENT (interval)->right = B; |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
331 } |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
332 COPY_INTERVAL_PARENT (B, interval); |
1157 | 333 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
334 /* Make B the parent of A */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
335 i = B->right; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
336 B->right = interval; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
337 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (interval, B); |
1157 | 338 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
339 /* Make A point to c */ |
1157 | 340 interval->left = i; |
341 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
342 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (i, interval); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
343 |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
344 /* A's total length is decreased by the length of B and its left child. */ |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
345 interval->total_length -= B->total_length - LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (interval); |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
346 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (interval); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
347 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
348 /* B must have the same total length of A. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
349 B->total_length = old_total; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
350 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (B); |
1157 | 351 |
352 return B; | |
353 } | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
354 |
1157 | 355 /* Assuming that a right child exists, perform the following operation: |
356 | |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
357 A B |
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
358 / \ / \ |
1157 | 359 B => A |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
360 / \ / \ |
1157 | 361 c c |
362 */ | |
363 | |
39851
a535a2e3b5c4
(traverse_intervals): Use less stack space.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
39697
diff
changeset
|
364 static INLINE INTERVAL |
1157 | 365 rotate_left (interval) |
366 INTERVAL interval; | |
367 { | |
368 INTERVAL i; | |
369 INTERVAL B = interval->right; | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
370 int old_total = interval->total_length; |
1157 | 371 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
372 /* Deal with any parent of A; make it point to B. */ |
1157 | 373 if (! ROOT_INTERVAL_P (interval)) |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
374 { |
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
375 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (interval)) |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
376 INTERVAL_PARENT (interval)->left = B; |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
377 else |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
378 INTERVAL_PARENT (interval)->right = B; |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
379 } |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
380 COPY_INTERVAL_PARENT (B, interval); |
1157 | 381 |
382 /* Make B the parent of A */ | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
383 i = B->left; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
384 B->left = interval; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
385 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (interval, B); |
1157 | 386 |
387 /* Make A point to c */ | |
388 interval->right = i; | |
389 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
390 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (i, interval); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
391 |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
392 /* A's total length is decreased by the length of B and its right child. */ |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
393 interval->total_length -= B->total_length - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (interval); |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
394 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (interval); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
395 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
396 /* B must have the same total length of A. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
397 B->total_length = old_total; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
398 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (B); |
1157 | 399 |
400 return B; | |
401 } | |
402 | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
403 /* Balance an interval tree with the assumption that the subtrees |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
404 themselves are already balanced. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
405 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
406 static INTERVAL |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
407 balance_an_interval (i) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
408 INTERVAL i; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
409 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
410 register int old_diff, new_diff; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
411 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
412 while (1) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
413 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
414 old_diff = LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i) - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
415 if (old_diff > 0) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
416 { |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
417 /* Since the left child is longer, there must be one. */ |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
418 new_diff = i->total_length - i->left->total_length |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
419 + RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left) - LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
420 if (abs (new_diff) >= old_diff) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
421 break; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
422 i = rotate_right (i); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
423 balance_an_interval (i->right); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
424 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
425 else if (old_diff < 0) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
426 { |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
427 /* Since the right child is longer, there must be one. */ |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
428 new_diff = i->total_length - i->right->total_length |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
429 + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->right) - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->right); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
430 if (abs (new_diff) >= -old_diff) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
431 break; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
432 i = rotate_left (i); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
433 balance_an_interval (i->left); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
434 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
435 else |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
436 break; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
437 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
438 return i; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
439 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
440 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
441 /* Balance INTERVAL, potentially stuffing it back into its parent |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
442 Lisp Object. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
443 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
444 static INLINE INTERVAL |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
445 balance_possible_root_interval (interval) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
446 register INTERVAL interval; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
447 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
448 Lisp_Object parent; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
449 int have_parent = 0; |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
450 |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
451 if (!INTERVAL_HAS_OBJECT (interval) && !INTERVAL_HAS_PARENT (interval)) |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
452 return interval; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
453 |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
454 if (INTERVAL_HAS_OBJECT (interval)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
455 { |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
456 have_parent = 1; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
457 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, interval); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
458 } |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
459 interval = balance_an_interval (interval); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
460 |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
461 if (have_parent) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
462 { |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
463 if (BUFFERP (parent)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
464 BUF_INTERVALS (XBUFFER (parent)) = interval; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
465 else if (STRINGP (parent)) |
46380
48b292c584a6
* intervals.c (create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval,
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
466 STRING_SET_INTERVALS (parent, interval); |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
467 } |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
468 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
469 return interval; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
470 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
471 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
472 /* Balance the interval tree TREE. Balancing is by weight |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
473 (the amount of text). */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
474 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
475 static INTERVAL |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
476 balance_intervals_internal (tree) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
477 register INTERVAL tree; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
478 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
479 /* Balance within each side. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
480 if (tree->left) |
15734
98d8e063fdae
(balance_intervals_internal): Recurse directly.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
481 balance_intervals_internal (tree->left); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
482 if (tree->right) |
15734
98d8e063fdae
(balance_intervals_internal): Recurse directly.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
483 balance_intervals_internal (tree->right); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
484 return balance_an_interval (tree); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
485 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
486 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
487 /* Advertised interface to balance intervals. */ |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
488 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
489 INTERVAL |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
490 balance_intervals (tree) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
491 INTERVAL tree; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
492 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
493 if (tree == NULL_INTERVAL) |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
494 return NULL_INTERVAL; |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
495 |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
496 return balance_intervals_internal (tree); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
497 } |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
498 |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
499 /* Split INTERVAL into two pieces, starting the second piece at |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
500 character position OFFSET (counting from 0), relative to INTERVAL. |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
501 INTERVAL becomes the left-hand piece, and the right-hand piece |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
502 (second, lexicographically) is returned. |
1164 | 503 |
504 The size and position fields of the two intervals are set based upon | |
505 those of the original interval. The property list of the new interval | |
506 is reset, thus it is up to the caller to do the right thing with the | |
507 result. | |
1157 | 508 |
509 Note that this does not change the position of INTERVAL; if it is a root, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
510 it is still a root after this operation. */ |
1157 | 511 |
512 INTERVAL | |
1164 | 513 split_interval_right (interval, offset) |
1157 | 514 INTERVAL interval; |
1164 | 515 int offset; |
1157 | 516 { |
517 INTERVAL new = make_interval (); | |
518 int position = interval->position; | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
519 int new_length = LENGTH (interval) - offset; |
1157 | 520 |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
521 new->position = position + offset; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
522 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (new, interval); |
1157 | 523 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
524 if (NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (interval)) |
1157 | 525 { |
526 interval->right = new; | |
527 new->total_length = new_length; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
528 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (new); |
1157 | 529 } |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
530 else |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
531 { |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
532 /* Insert the new node between INTERVAL and its right child. */ |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
533 new->right = interval->right; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
534 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (interval->right, new); |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
535 interval->right = new; |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
536 new->total_length = new_length + new->right->total_length; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
537 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (new); |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
538 balance_an_interval (new); |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
539 } |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
540 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
541 balance_possible_root_interval (interval); |
1157 | 542 |
543 return new; | |
544 } | |
545 | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
546 /* Split INTERVAL into two pieces, starting the second piece at |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
547 character position OFFSET (counting from 0), relative to INTERVAL. |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
548 INTERVAL becomes the right-hand piece, and the left-hand piece |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
549 (first, lexicographically) is returned. |
1157 | 550 |
1164 | 551 The size and position fields of the two intervals are set based upon |
552 those of the original interval. The property list of the new interval | |
553 is reset, thus it is up to the caller to do the right thing with the | |
554 result. | |
555 | |
556 Note that this does not change the position of INTERVAL; if it is a root, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
557 it is still a root after this operation. */ |
1157 | 558 |
559 INTERVAL | |
1164 | 560 split_interval_left (interval, offset) |
1157 | 561 INTERVAL interval; |
1164 | 562 int offset; |
1157 | 563 { |
564 INTERVAL new = make_interval (); | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
565 int new_length = offset; |
1157 | 566 |
567 new->position = interval->position; | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
568 interval->position = interval->position + offset; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
569 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (new, interval); |
1157 | 570 |
571 if (NULL_LEFT_CHILD (interval)) | |
572 { | |
573 interval->left = new; | |
574 new->total_length = new_length; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
575 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (new); |
1157 | 576 } |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
577 else |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
578 { |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
579 /* Insert the new node between INTERVAL and its left child. */ |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
580 new->left = interval->left; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
581 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (new->left, new); |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
582 interval->left = new; |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
583 new->total_length = new_length + new->left->total_length; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
584 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (new); |
20908
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
585 balance_an_interval (new); |
516b224be85a
(split_interval_right): Make sure to call
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
586 } |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
587 |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
588 balance_possible_root_interval (interval); |
1157 | 589 |
590 return new; | |
591 } | |
592 | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
593 /* Return the proper position for the first character |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
594 described by the interval tree SOURCE. |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
595 This is 1 if the parent is a buffer, |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
596 0 if the parent is a string or if there is no parent. |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
597 |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
598 Don't use this function on an interval which is the child |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
599 of another interval! */ |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
600 |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
601 int |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
602 interval_start_pos (source) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
603 INTERVAL source; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
604 { |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
605 Lisp_Object parent; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
606 |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
607 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (source)) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
608 return 0; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
609 |
28406
451721e784a8
Stop assuming interval pointers and lisp objects can be distinguished by
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28269
diff
changeset
|
610 if (! INTERVAL_HAS_OBJECT (source)) |
451721e784a8
Stop assuming interval pointers and lisp objects can be distinguished by
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28269
diff
changeset
|
611 return 0; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
612 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, source); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
613 if (BUFFERP (parent)) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
614 return BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent)); |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
615 return 0; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
616 } |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
617 |
1164 | 618 /* Find the interval containing text position POSITION in the text |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
619 represented by the interval tree TREE. POSITION is a buffer |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
620 position (starting from 1) or a string index (starting from 0). |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
621 If POSITION is at the end of the buffer or string, |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
622 return the interval containing the last character. |
1157 | 623 |
1164 | 624 The `position' field, which is a cache of an interval's position, |
625 is updated in the interval found. Other functions (e.g., next_interval) | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
626 will update this cache based on the result of find_interval. */ |
1164 | 627 |
18125
5b0dfe8c78fb
(find_interval): No longer inline.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18078
diff
changeset
|
628 INTERVAL |
1157 | 629 find_interval (tree, position) |
630 register INTERVAL tree; | |
631 register int position; | |
632 { | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
633 /* The distance from the left edge of the subtree at TREE |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
634 to POSITION. */ |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
635 register int relative_position; |
1157 | 636 |
637 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
638 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
639 | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
640 relative_position = position; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
641 if (INTERVAL_HAS_OBJECT (tree)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
642 { |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
643 Lisp_Object parent; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
644 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, tree); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
645 if (BUFFERP (parent)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
646 relative_position -= BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent)); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
647 } |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
648 |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
649 if (relative_position > TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
1157 | 650 abort (); /* Paranoia */ |
651 | |
37328
9a801971bd7e
(find_interval): Don't rebalance during signal handling.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
35256
diff
changeset
|
652 if (!handling_signal) |
9a801971bd7e
(find_interval): Don't rebalance during signal handling.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
35256
diff
changeset
|
653 tree = balance_possible_root_interval (tree); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
654 |
1157 | 655 while (1) |
656 { | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
657 if (relative_position < LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
1157 | 658 { |
659 tree = tree->left; | |
660 } | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
661 else if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (tree) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
662 && relative_position >= (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
663 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree))) |
1157 | 664 { |
665 relative_position -= (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) | |
666 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)); | |
667 tree = tree->right; | |
668 } | |
669 else | |
670 { | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
671 tree->position |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
672 = (position - relative_position /* left edge of *tree. */ |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
673 + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)); /* left edge of this interval. */ |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
674 |
1157 | 675 return tree; |
676 } | |
677 } | |
678 } | |
679 | |
680 /* Find the succeeding interval (lexicographically) to INTERVAL. | |
1164 | 681 Sets the `position' field based on that of INTERVAL (see |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
682 find_interval). */ |
1157 | 683 |
684 INTERVAL | |
685 next_interval (interval) | |
686 register INTERVAL interval; | |
687 { | |
688 register INTERVAL i = interval; | |
689 register int next_position; | |
690 | |
691 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
692 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
693 next_position = interval->position + LENGTH (interval); | |
694 | |
695 if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (i)) | |
696 { | |
697 i = i->right; | |
698 while (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (i)) | |
699 i = i->left; | |
700 | |
701 i->position = next_position; | |
702 return i; | |
703 } | |
704 | |
705 while (! NULL_PARENT (i)) | |
706 { | |
707 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (i)) | |
708 { | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
709 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 710 i->position = next_position; |
711 return i; | |
712 } | |
713 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
714 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 715 } |
716 | |
717 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
718 } | |
719 | |
720 /* Find the preceding interval (lexicographically) to INTERVAL. | |
1164 | 721 Sets the `position' field based on that of INTERVAL (see |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
722 find_interval). */ |
1157 | 723 |
724 INTERVAL | |
725 previous_interval (interval) | |
726 register INTERVAL interval; | |
727 { | |
728 register INTERVAL i; | |
729 | |
730 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (interval)) | |
731 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
732 | |
733 if (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (interval)) | |
734 { | |
735 i = interval->left; | |
736 while (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (i)) | |
737 i = i->right; | |
738 | |
739 i->position = interval->position - LENGTH (i); | |
740 return i; | |
741 } | |
742 | |
743 i = interval; | |
744 while (! NULL_PARENT (i)) | |
745 { | |
746 if (AM_RIGHT_CHILD (i)) | |
747 { | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
748 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 749 |
750 i->position = interval->position - LENGTH (i); | |
751 return i; | |
752 } | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
753 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 754 } |
755 | |
756 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
757 } | |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
758 |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
759 /* Find the interval containing POS given some non-NULL INTERVAL |
21012
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
760 in the same tree. Note that we need to update interval->position |
37328
9a801971bd7e
(find_interval): Don't rebalance during signal handling.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
35256
diff
changeset
|
761 if we go down the tree. |
9a801971bd7e
(find_interval): Don't rebalance during signal handling.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
35256
diff
changeset
|
762 To speed up the process, we assume that the ->position of |
9a801971bd7e
(find_interval): Don't rebalance during signal handling.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
35256
diff
changeset
|
763 I and all its parents is already uptodate. */ |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
764 INTERVAL |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
765 update_interval (i, pos) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
766 register INTERVAL i; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
767 int pos; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
768 { |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
769 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i)) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
770 return NULL_INTERVAL; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
771 |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
772 while (1) |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
773 { |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
774 if (pos < i->position) |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
775 { |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
776 /* Move left. */ |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
777 if (pos >= i->position - TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left)) |
21012
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
778 { |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
779 i->left->position = i->position - TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left) |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
780 + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->left); |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
781 i = i->left; /* Move to the left child */ |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
782 } |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
783 else if (NULL_PARENT (i)) |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
784 error ("Point before start of properties"); |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
785 else |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
786 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
787 continue; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
788 } |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
789 else if (pos >= INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i)) |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
790 { |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
791 /* Move right. */ |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
792 if (pos < INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i) + TOTAL_LENGTH (i->right)) |
21012
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
793 { |
65309
f740c5937479
(update_interval): Fix indentation and coding style. Add info in error.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
794 i->right->position = INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i) |
f740c5937479
(update_interval): Fix indentation and coding style. Add info in error.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
795 + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i->right); |
21012
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
796 i = i->right; /* Move to the right child */ |
22c48e547cb0
(update_interval): Properly update `position' field of used intervals.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20936
diff
changeset
|
797 } |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
798 else if (NULL_PARENT (i)) |
65309
f740c5937479
(update_interval): Fix indentation and coding style. Add info in error.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
799 error ("Point %d after end of properties", pos); |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
800 else |
65309
f740c5937479
(update_interval): Fix indentation and coding style. Add info in error.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
801 i = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
802 continue; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
803 } |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
804 else |
17461
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
805 return i; |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
806 } |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
807 } |
156dd2e14452
(update_interval): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16740
diff
changeset
|
808 |
1157 | 809 |
1164 | 810 #if 0 |
1157 | 811 /* Traverse a path down the interval tree TREE to the interval |
812 containing POSITION, adjusting all nodes on the path for | |
813 an addition of LENGTH characters. Insertion between two intervals | |
814 (i.e., point == i->position, where i is second interval) means | |
815 text goes into second interval. | |
816 | |
817 Modifications are needed to handle the hungry bits -- after simply | |
818 finding the interval at position (don't add length going down), | |
819 if it's the beginning of the interval, get the previous interval | |
14036 | 820 and check the hungry bits of both. Then add the length going back up |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
821 to the root. */ |
1157 | 822 |
823 static INTERVAL | |
824 adjust_intervals_for_insertion (tree, position, length) | |
825 INTERVAL tree; | |
826 int position, length; | |
827 { | |
828 register int relative_position; | |
829 register INTERVAL this; | |
830 | |
831 if (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) == 0) /* Paranoia */ | |
832 abort (); | |
833 | |
834 /* If inserting at point-max of a buffer, that position | |
835 will be out of range */ | |
836 if (position > TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) | |
837 position = TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); | |
838 relative_position = position; | |
839 this = tree; | |
840 | |
841 while (1) | |
842 { | |
843 if (relative_position <= LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (this)) | |
844 { | |
845 this->total_length += length; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
846 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (this); |
1157 | 847 this = this->left; |
848 } | |
849 else if (relative_position > (TOTAL_LENGTH (this) | |
850 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (this))) | |
851 { | |
852 relative_position -= (TOTAL_LENGTH (this) | |
853 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (this)); | |
854 this->total_length += length; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
855 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (this); |
1157 | 856 this = this->right; |
857 } | |
858 else | |
859 { | |
860 /* If we are to use zero-length intervals as buffer pointers, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
861 then this code will have to change. */ |
1157 | 862 this->total_length += length; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
863 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (this); |
1157 | 864 this->position = LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (this) |
865 + position - relative_position + 1; | |
866 return tree; | |
867 } | |
868 } | |
869 } | |
1164 | 870 #endif |
871 | |
872 /* Effect an adjustment corresponding to the addition of LENGTH characters | |
873 of text. Do this by finding the interval containing POSITION in the | |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
874 interval tree TREE, and then adjusting all of its ancestors by adding |
1164 | 875 LENGTH to them. |
876 | |
877 If POSITION is the first character of an interval, meaning that point | |
878 is actually between the two intervals, make the new text belong to | |
879 the interval which is "sticky". | |
880 | |
1189 | 881 If both intervals are "sticky", then make them belong to the left-most |
1164 | 882 interval. Another possibility would be to create a new interval for |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
883 this text, and make it have the merged properties of both ends. */ |
1164 | 884 |
885 static INTERVAL | |
886 adjust_intervals_for_insertion (tree, position, length) | |
887 INTERVAL tree; | |
888 int position, length; | |
889 { | |
890 register INTERVAL i; | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
891 register INTERVAL temp; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
892 int eobp = 0; |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
893 Lisp_Object parent; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
894 int offset; |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
895 |
1164 | 896 if (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) == 0) /* Paranoia */ |
897 abort (); | |
898 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
899 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, tree); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
900 offset = (BUFFERP (parent) ? BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent)) : 0); |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
901 |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
902 /* If inserting at point-max of a buffer, that position will be out |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
903 of range. Remember that buffer positions are 1-based. */ |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
904 if (position >= TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) + offset) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
905 { |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
906 position = TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) + offset; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
907 eobp = 1; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
908 } |
1164 | 909 |
910 i = find_interval (tree, position); | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
911 |
4638
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
912 /* If in middle of an interval which is not sticky either way, |
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
913 we must not just give its properties to the insertion. |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
914 So split this interval at the insertion point. |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
915 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
916 Originally, the if condition here was this: |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
917 (! (position == i->position || eobp) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
918 && END_NONSTICKY_P (i) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
919 && FRONT_NONSTICKY_P (i)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
920 But, these macros are now unreliable because of introduction of |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
921 Vtext_property_default_nonsticky. So, we always check properties |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
922 one by one if POSITION is in middle of an interval. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
923 if (! (position == i->position || eobp)) |
4638
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
924 { |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
925 Lisp_Object tail; |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
926 Lisp_Object front, rear; |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
927 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
928 tail = i->plist; |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
929 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
930 /* Properties font-sticky and rear-nonsticky override |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
931 Vtext_property_default_nonsticky. So, if they are t, we can |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
932 skip one by one checking of properties. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
933 rear = textget (i->plist, Qrear_nonsticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
934 if (! CONSP (rear) && ! NILP (rear)) |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
935 { |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
936 /* All properties are nonsticky. We split the interval. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
937 goto check_done; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
938 } |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
939 front = textget (i->plist, Qfront_sticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
940 if (! CONSP (front) && ! NILP (front)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
941 { |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
942 /* All properties are sticky. We don't split the interval. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
943 tail = Qnil; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
944 goto check_done; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
945 } |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
946 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
947 /* Does any actual property pose an actual problem? We break |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
948 the loop if we find a nonsticky property. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
949 for (; CONSP (tail); tail = Fcdr (XCDR (tail))) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
950 { |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
951 Lisp_Object prop, tmp; |
25662
0a7261c1d487
Use XCAR, XCDR, and XFLOAT_DATA instead of explicit member access.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
24910
diff
changeset
|
952 prop = XCAR (tail); |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
953 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
954 /* Is this particular property front-sticky? */ |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
955 if (CONSP (front) && ! NILP (Fmemq (prop, front))) |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
956 continue; |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
957 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
958 /* Is this particular property rear-nonsticky? */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
959 if (CONSP (rear) && ! NILP (Fmemq (prop, rear))) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
960 break; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
961 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
962 /* Is this particular property recorded as sticky or |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
963 nonsticky in Vtext_property_default_nonsticky? */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
964 tmp = Fassq (prop, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
965 if (CONSP (tmp)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
966 { |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
967 if (NILP (tmp)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
968 continue; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
969 break; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
970 } |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
971 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
972 /* By default, a text property is rear-sticky, thus we |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
973 continue the loop. */ |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
974 } |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
975 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
976 check_done: |
16740
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
977 /* If any property is a real problem, split the interval. */ |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
978 if (! NILP (tail)) |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
979 { |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
980 temp = split_interval_right (i, position - i->position); |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
981 copy_properties (i, temp); |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
982 i = temp; |
202689a911b7
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16716
diff
changeset
|
983 } |
4638
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
984 } |
3872f91770fc
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): If inserting in middle
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4383
diff
changeset
|
985 |
1164 | 986 /* If we are positioned between intervals, check the stickiness of |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
987 both of them. We have to do this too, if we are at BEG or Z. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
988 if (position == i->position || eobp) |
1164 | 989 { |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
990 register INTERVAL prev; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
991 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
992 if (position == BEG) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
993 prev = 0; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
994 else if (eobp) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
995 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
996 prev = i; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
997 i = 0; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
998 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
999 else |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1000 prev = previous_interval (i); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1001 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1002 /* Even if we are positioned between intervals, we default |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1003 to the left one if it exists. We extend it now and split |
14036 | 1004 off a part later, if stickiness demands it. */ |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1005 for (temp = prev ? prev : i; temp; temp = INTERVAL_PARENT_OR_NULL (temp)) |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1006 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1007 temp->total_length += length; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1008 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (temp); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1009 temp = balance_possible_root_interval (temp); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1010 } |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1011 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1012 /* If at least one interval has sticky properties, |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1013 we check the stickiness property by property. |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1014 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1015 Originally, the if condition here was this: |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1016 (END_NONSTICKY_P (prev) || FRONT_STICKY_P (i)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1017 But, these macros are now unreliable because of introduction |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1018 of Vtext_property_default_nonsticky. So, we always have to |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1019 check stickiness of properties one by one. If cache of |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1020 stickiness is implemented in the future, we may be able to |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1021 use those macros again. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1022 if (1) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1023 { |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1024 Lisp_Object pleft, pright; |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1025 struct interval newi; |
1164 | 1026 |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1027 pleft = NULL_INTERVAL_P (prev) ? Qnil : prev->plist; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1028 pright = NULL_INTERVAL_P (i) ? Qnil : i->plist; |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1029 newi.plist = merge_properties_sticky (pleft, pright); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1030 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1031 if (! prev) /* i.e. position == BEG */ |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1032 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1033 if (! intervals_equal (i, &newi)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1034 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1035 i = split_interval_left (i, length); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1036 i->plist = newi.plist; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1037 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1038 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1039 else if (! intervals_equal (prev, &newi)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1040 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1041 prev = split_interval_right (prev, |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1042 position - prev->position); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1043 prev->plist = newi.plist; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1044 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (i) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1045 && intervals_equal (prev, i)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1046 merge_interval_right (prev); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1047 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1048 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1049 /* We will need to update the cache here later. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1050 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1051 else if (! prev && ! NILP (i->plist)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1052 { |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1053 /* Just split off a new interval at the left. |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1054 Since I wasn't front-sticky, the empty plist is ok. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1055 i = split_interval_left (i, length); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1056 } |
1164 | 1057 } |
1058 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1059 /* Otherwise just extend the interval. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1060 else |
1164 | 1061 { |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1062 for (temp = i; temp; temp = INTERVAL_PARENT_OR_NULL (temp)) |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1063 { |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1064 temp->total_length += length; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1065 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (temp); |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1066 temp = balance_possible_root_interval (temp); |
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
1067 } |
1164 | 1068 } |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1069 |
1164 | 1070 return tree; |
1071 } | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1072 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1073 /* Any property might be front-sticky on the left, rear-sticky on the left, |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1074 front-sticky on the right, or rear-sticky on the right; the 16 combinations |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1075 can be arranged in a matrix with rows denoting the left conditions and |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1076 columns denoting the right conditions: |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1077 _ __ _ |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1078 _ FR FR FR FR |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1079 FR__ 0 1 2 3 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1080 _FR 4 5 6 7 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1081 FR 8 9 A B |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1082 FR C D E F |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1083 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1084 left-props = '(front-sticky (p8 p9 pa pb pc pd pe pf) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1085 rear-nonsticky (p4 p5 p6 p7 p8 p9 pa pb) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1086 p0 L p1 L p2 L p3 L p4 L p5 L p6 L p7 L |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1087 p8 L p9 L pa L pb L pc L pd L pe L pf L) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1088 right-props = '(front-sticky (p2 p3 p6 p7 pa pb pe pf) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1089 rear-nonsticky (p1 p2 p5 p6 p9 pa pd pe) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1090 p0 R p1 R p2 R p3 R p4 R p5 R p6 R p7 R |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1091 p8 R p9 R pa R pb R pc R pd R pe R pf R) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1092 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1093 We inherit from whoever has a sticky side facing us. If both sides |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1094 do (cases 2, 3, E, and F), then we inherit from whichever side has a |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1095 non-nil value for the current property. If both sides do, then we take |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1096 from the left. |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1097 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1098 When we inherit a property, we get its stickiness as well as its value. |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1099 So, when we merge the above two lists, we expect to get this: |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1100 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1101 result = '(front-sticky (p6 p7 pa pb pc pd pe pf) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1102 rear-nonsticky (p6 pa) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1103 p0 L p1 L p2 L p3 L p6 R p7 R |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1104 pa R pb R pc L pd L pe L pf L) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1105 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1106 The optimizable special cases are: |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1107 left rear-nonsticky = nil, right front-sticky = nil (inherit left) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1108 left rear-nonsticky = t, right front-sticky = t (inherit right) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1109 left rear-nonsticky = t, right front-sticky = nil (inherit none) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1110 */ |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1111 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1112 Lisp_Object |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1113 merge_properties_sticky (pleft, pright) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1114 Lisp_Object pleft, pright; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1115 { |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1116 register Lisp_Object props, front, rear; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1117 Lisp_Object lfront, lrear, rfront, rrear; |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1118 register Lisp_Object tail1, tail2, sym, lval, rval, cat; |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1119 int use_left, use_right; |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1120 int lpresent; |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1121 |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1122 props = Qnil; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1123 front = Qnil; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1124 rear = Qnil; |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1125 lfront = textget (pleft, Qfront_sticky); |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1126 lrear = textget (pleft, Qrear_nonsticky); |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1127 rfront = textget (pright, Qfront_sticky); |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1128 rrear = textget (pright, Qrear_nonsticky); |
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1129 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1130 /* Go through each element of PRIGHT. */ |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1131 for (tail1 = pright; CONSP (tail1); tail1 = Fcdr (XCDR (tail1))) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1132 { |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1133 Lisp_Object tmp; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1134 |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1135 sym = XCAR (tail1); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1136 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1137 /* Sticky properties get special treatment. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1138 if (EQ (sym, Qrear_nonsticky) || EQ (sym, Qfront_sticky)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1139 continue; |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1140 |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1141 rval = Fcar (XCDR (tail1)); |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1142 for (tail2 = pleft; CONSP (tail2); tail2 = Fcdr (XCDR (tail2))) |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1143 if (EQ (sym, XCAR (tail2))) |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1144 break; |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1145 |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1146 /* Indicate whether the property is explicitly defined on the left. |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1147 (We know it is defined explicitly on the right |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1148 because otherwise we don't get here.) */ |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1149 lpresent = ! NILP (tail2); |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1150 lval = (NILP (tail2) ? Qnil : Fcar (Fcdr (tail2))); |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1151 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1152 /* Even if lrear or rfront say nothing about the stickiness of |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1153 SYM, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky may give default |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1154 stickiness to SYM. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1155 tmp = Fassq (sym, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1156 use_left = (lpresent |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1157 && ! (TMEM (sym, lrear) |
41901
52fc7b74e8a1
(merge_properties_sticky): Likewise.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41531
diff
changeset
|
1158 || (CONSP (tmp) && ! NILP (XCDR (tmp))))); |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1159 use_right = (TMEM (sym, rfront) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1160 || (CONSP (tmp) && NILP (XCDR (tmp)))); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1161 if (use_left && use_right) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1162 { |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1163 if (NILP (lval)) |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1164 use_left = 0; |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1165 else if (NILP (rval)) |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1166 use_right = 0; |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1167 } |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1168 if (use_left) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1169 { |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1170 /* We build props as (value sym ...) rather than (sym value ...) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1171 because we plan to nreverse it when we're done. */ |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1172 props = Fcons (lval, Fcons (sym, props)); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1173 if (TMEM (sym, lfront)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1174 front = Fcons (sym, front); |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1175 if (TMEM (sym, lrear)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1176 rear = Fcons (sym, rear); |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1177 } |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1178 else if (use_right) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1179 { |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1180 props = Fcons (rval, Fcons (sym, props)); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1181 if (TMEM (sym, rfront)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1182 front = Fcons (sym, front); |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1183 if (TMEM (sym, rrear)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1184 rear = Fcons (sym, rear); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1185 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1186 } |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1187 |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1188 /* Now go through each element of PLEFT. */ |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1189 for (tail2 = pleft; CONSP (tail2); tail2 = Fcdr (XCDR (tail2))) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1190 { |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1191 Lisp_Object tmp; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1192 |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1193 sym = XCAR (tail2); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1194 |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1195 /* Sticky properties get special treatment. */ |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1196 if (EQ (sym, Qrear_nonsticky) || EQ (sym, Qfront_sticky)) |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1197 continue; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1198 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1199 /* If sym is in PRIGHT, we've already considered it. */ |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1200 for (tail1 = pright; CONSP (tail1); tail1 = Fcdr (XCDR (tail1))) |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1201 if (EQ (sym, XCAR (tail1))) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1202 break; |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1203 if (! NILP (tail1)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1204 continue; |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1205 |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1206 lval = Fcar (XCDR (tail2)); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1207 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1208 /* Even if lrear or rfront say nothing about the stickiness of |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1209 SYM, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky may give default |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1210 stickiness to SYM. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1211 tmp = Fassq (sym, Vtext_property_default_nonsticky); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1212 |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1213 /* Since rval is known to be nil in this loop, the test simplifies. */ |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1214 if (! (TMEM (sym, lrear) || (CONSP (tmp) && ! NILP (XCDR (tmp))))) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1215 { |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1216 props = Fcons (lval, Fcons (sym, props)); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1217 if (TMEM (sym, lfront)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1218 front = Fcons (sym, front); |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1219 } |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1220 else if (TMEM (sym, rfront) || (CONSP (tmp) && NILP (XCDR (tmp)))) |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1221 { |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1222 /* The value is nil, but we still inherit the stickiness |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1223 from the right. */ |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1224 front = Fcons (sym, front); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1225 if (TMEM (sym, rrear)) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1226 rear = Fcons (sym, rear); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1227 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1228 } |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
1229 props = Fnreverse (props); |
5768
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1230 if (! NILP (rear)) |
ab11e2af95ef
Add comments describing the rules used by the merge algorithm.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5760
diff
changeset
|
1231 props = Fcons (Qrear_nonsticky, Fcons (Fnreverse (rear), props)); |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1232 |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1233 cat = textget (props, Qcategory); |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1234 if (! NILP (front) |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1235 && |
16708
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1236 /* If we have inherited a front-stick category property that is t, |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1237 we don't need to set up a detailed one. */ |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1238 ! (! NILP (cat) && SYMBOLP (cat) |
7b139b59bda4
(merge_properties_sticky): Don't discard explicit nil
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16680
diff
changeset
|
1239 && EQ (Fget (cat, Qfront_sticky), Qt))) |
5760
ffe89784cef2
(merge_properties_sticky): Preserve original order of properties.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5666
diff
changeset
|
1240 props = Fcons (Qfront_sticky, Fcons (Fnreverse (front), props)); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1241 return props; |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1242 } |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1243 |
1157 | 1244 |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1245 /* Delete a node I from its interval tree by merging its subtrees |
1164 | 1246 into one subtree which is then returned. Caller is responsible for |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1247 storing the resulting subtree into its parent. */ |
1157 | 1248 |
1249 static INTERVAL | |
1250 delete_node (i) | |
1251 register INTERVAL i; | |
1252 { | |
1253 register INTERVAL migrate, this; | |
1254 register int migrate_amt; | |
1255 | |
1256 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i->left)) | |
1257 return i->right; | |
1258 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i->right)) | |
1259 return i->left; | |
1260 | |
1261 migrate = i->left; | |
1262 migrate_amt = i->left->total_length; | |
1263 this = i->right; | |
1264 this->total_length += migrate_amt; | |
1265 while (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (this->left)) | |
1266 { | |
1267 this = this->left; | |
1268 this->total_length += migrate_amt; | |
1269 } | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1270 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (this); |
1157 | 1271 this->left = migrate; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1272 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (migrate, this); |
1157 | 1273 |
1274 return i->right; | |
1275 } | |
1276 | |
1277 /* Delete interval I from its tree by calling `delete_node' | |
1278 and properly connecting the resultant subtree. | |
1279 | |
1280 I is presumed to be empty; that is, no adjustments are made | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1281 for the length of I. */ |
1157 | 1282 |
1283 void | |
1284 delete_interval (i) | |
1285 register INTERVAL i; | |
1286 { | |
1287 register INTERVAL parent; | |
1288 int amt = LENGTH (i); | |
1289 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1290 if (amt > 0) /* Only used on zero-length intervals now. */ |
1157 | 1291 abort (); |
1292 | |
1293 if (ROOT_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
1294 { | |
6501
d7ac9a417f87
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion, merge_properties_sticky, delete_interval):
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
5780
diff
changeset
|
1295 Lisp_Object owner; |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1296 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (owner, i); |
1157 | 1297 parent = delete_node (i); |
1298 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (parent)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1299 SET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, owner); |
1157 | 1300 |
9125
a78f02f76f03
(create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval, delete_interval): Use
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9072
diff
changeset
|
1301 if (BUFFERP (owner)) |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1302 BUF_INTERVALS (XBUFFER (owner)) = parent; |
9125
a78f02f76f03
(create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval, delete_interval): Use
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9072
diff
changeset
|
1303 else if (STRINGP (owner)) |
46380
48b292c584a6
* intervals.c (create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval,
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
1304 STRING_SET_INTERVALS (owner, parent); |
1157 | 1305 else |
1306 abort (); | |
1307 | |
1308 return; | |
1309 } | |
1310 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1311 parent = INTERVAL_PARENT (i); |
1157 | 1312 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (i)) |
1313 { | |
1314 parent->left = delete_node (i); | |
1315 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (parent->left)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1316 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (parent->left, parent); |
1157 | 1317 } |
1318 else | |
1319 { | |
1320 parent->right = delete_node (i); | |
1321 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (parent->right)) | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1322 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (parent->right, parent); |
1157 | 1323 } |
1324 } | |
1325 | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1326 /* Find the interval in TREE corresponding to the relative position |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1327 FROM and delete as much as possible of AMOUNT from that interval. |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1328 Return the amount actually deleted, and if the interval was |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1329 zeroed-out, delete that interval node from the tree. |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1330 |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1331 Note that FROM is actually origin zero, aka relative to the |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1332 leftmost edge of tree. This is appropriate since we call ourselves |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1333 recursively on subtrees. |
1157 | 1334 |
1189 | 1335 Do this by recursing down TREE to the interval in question, and |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1336 deleting the appropriate amount of text. */ |
1157 | 1337 |
1338 static int | |
1339 interval_deletion_adjustment (tree, from, amount) | |
1340 register INTERVAL tree; | |
1341 register int from, amount; | |
1342 { | |
1343 register int relative_position = from; | |
1344 | |
1345 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
1346 return 0; | |
1347 | |
1348 /* Left branch */ | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1349 if (relative_position < LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
1157 | 1350 { |
1351 int subtract = interval_deletion_adjustment (tree->left, | |
1352 relative_position, | |
1353 amount); | |
1354 tree->total_length -= subtract; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1355 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); |
1157 | 1356 return subtract; |
1357 } | |
1358 /* Right branch */ | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1359 else if (relative_position >= (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1360 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree))) |
1157 | 1361 { |
1362 int subtract; | |
1363 | |
1364 relative_position -= (tree->total_length | |
1365 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)); | |
1366 subtract = interval_deletion_adjustment (tree->right, | |
1367 relative_position, | |
1368 amount); | |
1369 tree->total_length -= subtract; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1370 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); |
1157 | 1371 return subtract; |
1372 } | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1373 /* Here -- this node. */ |
1157 | 1374 else |
1375 { | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1376 /* How much can we delete from this interval? */ |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1377 int my_amount = ((tree->total_length |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1378 - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1379 - relative_position); |
1157 | 1380 |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1381 if (amount > my_amount) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1382 amount = my_amount; |
1157 | 1383 |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1384 tree->total_length -= amount; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1385 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1386 if (LENGTH (tree) == 0) |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1387 delete_interval (tree); |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1388 |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1389 return amount; |
1157 | 1390 } |
1391 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1392 /* Never reach here. */ |
1157 | 1393 } |
1394 | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1395 /* Effect the adjustments necessary to the interval tree of BUFFER to |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1396 correspond to the deletion of LENGTH characters from that buffer |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1397 text. The deletion is effected at position START (which is a |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1398 buffer position, i.e. origin 1). */ |
1189 | 1399 |
1157 | 1400 static void |
1401 adjust_intervals_for_deletion (buffer, start, length) | |
1402 struct buffer *buffer; | |
1403 int start, length; | |
1404 { | |
1405 register int left_to_delete = length; | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1406 register INTERVAL tree = BUF_INTERVALS (buffer); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1407 Lisp_Object parent; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1408 int offset; |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1409 |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1410 GET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (parent, tree); |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1411 offset = (BUFFERP (parent) ? BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (parent)) : 0); |
1157 | 1412 |
1413 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
1414 return; | |
1415 | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1416 if (start > offset + TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1417 || start + length > offset + TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1418 abort (); |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1419 |
1157 | 1420 if (length == TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
1421 { | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1422 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = NULL_INTERVAL; |
1157 | 1423 return; |
1424 } | |
1425 | |
1426 if (ONLY_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
1427 { | |
1428 tree->total_length -= length; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1429 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); |
1157 | 1430 return; |
1431 } | |
1432 | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1433 if (start > offset + TOTAL_LENGTH (tree)) |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1434 start = offset + TOTAL_LENGTH (tree); |
1157 | 1435 while (left_to_delete > 0) |
1436 { | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1437 left_to_delete -= interval_deletion_adjustment (tree, start - offset, |
1157 | 1438 left_to_delete); |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1439 tree = BUF_INTERVALS (buffer); |
1157 | 1440 if (left_to_delete == tree->total_length) |
1441 { | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1442 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = NULL_INTERVAL; |
1157 | 1443 return; |
1444 } | |
1445 } | |
1446 } | |
1447 | |
3591
507f64624555
Apply typo patches from Paul Eggert.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3490
diff
changeset
|
1448 /* Make the adjustments necessary to the interval tree of BUFFER to |
1189 | 1449 represent an addition or deletion of LENGTH characters starting |
1450 at position START. Addition or deletion is indicated by the sign | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1451 of LENGTH. */ |
1157 | 1452 |
1453 INLINE void | |
1454 offset_intervals (buffer, start, length) | |
1455 struct buffer *buffer; | |
1456 int start, length; | |
1457 { | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1458 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)) || length == 0) |
1157 | 1459 return; |
1460 | |
1461 if (length > 0) | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1462 adjust_intervals_for_insertion (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), start, length); |
1157 | 1463 else |
1464 adjust_intervals_for_deletion (buffer, start, -length); | |
1465 } | |
1211 | 1466 |
1467 /* Merge interval I with its lexicographic successor. The resulting | |
1468 interval is returned, and has the properties of the original | |
1469 successor. The properties of I are lost. I is removed from the | |
1470 interval tree. | |
1157 | 1471 |
1211 | 1472 IMPORTANT: |
1473 The caller must verify that this is not the last (rightmost) | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1474 interval. */ |
1211 | 1475 |
1476 INTERVAL | |
1477 merge_interval_right (i) | |
1478 register INTERVAL i; | |
1479 { | |
1480 register int absorb = LENGTH (i); | |
1481 register INTERVAL successor; | |
1482 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1483 /* Zero out this interval. */ |
1211 | 1484 i->total_length -= absorb; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1485 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
1211 | 1486 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1487 /* Find the succeeding interval. */ |
1211 | 1488 if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (i)) /* It's below us. Add absorb |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1489 as we descend. */ |
1211 | 1490 { |
1491 successor = i->right; | |
1492 while (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (successor)) | |
1493 { | |
1494 successor->total_length += absorb; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1495 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (successor); |
1211 | 1496 successor = successor->left; |
1497 } | |
1498 | |
1499 successor->total_length += absorb; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1500 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (successor); |
1211 | 1501 delete_interval (i); |
1502 return successor; | |
1503 } | |
1504 | |
1505 successor = i; | |
1506 while (! NULL_PARENT (successor)) /* It's above us. Subtract as | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1507 we ascend. */ |
1211 | 1508 { |
1509 if (AM_LEFT_CHILD (successor)) | |
1510 { | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1511 successor = INTERVAL_PARENT (successor); |
1211 | 1512 delete_interval (i); |
1513 return successor; | |
1514 } | |
1515 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1516 successor = INTERVAL_PARENT (successor); |
1211 | 1517 successor->total_length -= absorb; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1518 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (successor); |
1211 | 1519 } |
1520 | |
1521 /* This must be the rightmost or last interval and cannot | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1522 be merged right. The caller should have known. */ |
1211 | 1523 abort (); |
1524 } | |
1525 | |
1526 /* Merge interval I with its lexicographic predecessor. The resulting | |
1527 interval is returned, and has the properties of the original predecessor. | |
1528 The properties of I are lost. Interval node I is removed from the tree. | |
1529 | |
1530 IMPORTANT: | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1531 The caller must verify that this is not the first (leftmost) interval. */ |
1211 | 1532 |
1533 INTERVAL | |
1534 merge_interval_left (i) | |
1535 register INTERVAL i; | |
1536 { | |
1537 register int absorb = LENGTH (i); | |
1538 register INTERVAL predecessor; | |
1539 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1540 /* Zero out this interval. */ |
1211 | 1541 i->total_length -= absorb; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1542 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
1211 | 1543 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1544 /* Find the preceding interval. */ |
1211 | 1545 if (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (i)) /* It's below us. Go down, |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1546 adding ABSORB as we go. */ |
1211 | 1547 { |
1548 predecessor = i->left; | |
1549 while (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (predecessor)) | |
1550 { | |
1551 predecessor->total_length += absorb; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1552 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (predecessor); |
1211 | 1553 predecessor = predecessor->right; |
1554 } | |
1555 | |
1556 predecessor->total_length += absorb; | |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1557 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (predecessor); |
1211 | 1558 delete_interval (i); |
1559 return predecessor; | |
1560 } | |
1561 | |
1562 predecessor = i; | |
1563 while (! NULL_PARENT (predecessor)) /* It's above us. Go up, | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1564 subtracting ABSORB. */ |
1211 | 1565 { |
1566 if (AM_RIGHT_CHILD (predecessor)) | |
1567 { | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1568 predecessor = INTERVAL_PARENT (predecessor); |
1211 | 1569 delete_interval (i); |
1570 return predecessor; | |
1571 } | |
1572 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1573 predecessor = INTERVAL_PARENT (predecessor); |
1211 | 1574 predecessor->total_length -= absorb; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
1575 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (predecessor); |
1211 | 1576 } |
1577 | |
1578 /* This must be the leftmost or first interval and cannot | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1579 be merged left. The caller should have known. */ |
1211 | 1580 abort (); |
1581 } | |
1582 | |
1189 | 1583 /* Make an exact copy of interval tree SOURCE which descends from |
1584 PARENT. This is done by recursing through SOURCE, copying | |
1585 the current interval and its properties, and then adjusting | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1586 the pointers of the copy. */ |
1189 | 1587 |
1157 | 1588 static INTERVAL |
1589 reproduce_tree (source, parent) | |
1590 INTERVAL source, parent; | |
1591 { | |
1592 register INTERVAL t = make_interval (); | |
1593 | |
1594 bcopy (source, t, INTERVAL_SIZE); | |
1595 copy_properties (source, t); | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1596 SET_INTERVAL_PARENT (t, parent); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1597 if (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (source)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1598 t->left = reproduce_tree (source->left, t); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1599 if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (source)) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1600 t->right = reproduce_tree (source->right, t); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1601 |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1602 return t; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1603 } |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1604 |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1605 static INTERVAL |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1606 reproduce_tree_obj (source, parent) |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1607 INTERVAL source; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1608 Lisp_Object parent; |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1609 { |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1610 register INTERVAL t = make_interval (); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1611 |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1612 bcopy (source, t, INTERVAL_SIZE); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1613 copy_properties (source, t); |
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1614 SET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (t, parent); |
1157 | 1615 if (! NULL_LEFT_CHILD (source)) |
1616 t->left = reproduce_tree (source->left, t); | |
1617 if (! NULL_RIGHT_CHILD (source)) | |
1618 t->right = reproduce_tree (source->right, t); | |
1619 | |
1620 return t; | |
1621 } | |
1622 | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1623 #if 0 |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1624 /* Nobody calls this. Perhaps it's a vestige of an earlier design. */ |
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1625 |
1189 | 1626 /* Make a new interval of length LENGTH starting at START in the |
1627 group of intervals INTERVALS, which is actually an interval tree. | |
1628 Returns the new interval. | |
1629 | |
1630 Generate an error if the new positions would overlap an existing | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1631 interval. */ |
1189 | 1632 |
1157 | 1633 static INTERVAL |
1634 make_new_interval (intervals, start, length) | |
1635 INTERVAL intervals; | |
1636 int start, length; | |
1637 { | |
1638 INTERVAL slot; | |
1639 | |
1640 slot = find_interval (intervals, start); | |
1641 if (start + length > slot->position + LENGTH (slot)) | |
1642 error ("Interval would overlap"); | |
1643 | |
1644 if (start == slot->position && length == LENGTH (slot)) | |
1645 return slot; | |
1646 | |
1647 if (slot->position == start) | |
1648 { | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1649 /* New right node. */ |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1650 split_interval_right (slot, length); |
1157 | 1651 return slot; |
1652 } | |
1653 | |
1654 if (slot->position + LENGTH (slot) == start + length) | |
1655 { | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1656 /* New left node. */ |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1657 split_interval_left (slot, LENGTH (slot) - length); |
1157 | 1658 return slot; |
1659 } | |
1660 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1661 /* Convert interval SLOT into three intervals. */ |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1662 split_interval_left (slot, start - slot->position); |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1663 split_interval_right (slot, length); |
1157 | 1664 return slot; |
1665 } | |
4005
da8962f65741
* intervals.c (find_interval): Doc fixes, computation of
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3998
diff
changeset
|
1666 #endif |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
1667 |
1211 | 1668 /* Insert the intervals of SOURCE into BUFFER at POSITION. |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1669 LENGTH is the length of the text in SOURCE. |
1157 | 1670 |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1671 The `position' field of the SOURCE intervals is assumed to be |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1672 consistent with its parent; therefore, SOURCE must be an |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1673 interval tree made with copy_interval or must be the whole |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1674 tree of a buffer or a string. |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1675 |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1676 This is used in insdel.c when inserting Lisp_Strings into the |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1677 buffer. The text corresponding to SOURCE is already in the buffer |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1678 when this is called. The intervals of new tree are a copy of those |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1679 belonging to the string being inserted; intervals are never |
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1680 shared. |
1157 | 1681 |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1682 If the inserted text had no intervals associated, and we don't |
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1683 want to inherit the surrounding text's properties, this function |
1157 | 1684 simply returns -- offset_intervals should handle placing the |
1164 | 1685 text in the correct interval, depending on the sticky bits. |
1157 | 1686 |
1687 If the inserted text had properties (intervals), then there are two | |
1688 cases -- either insertion happened in the middle of some interval, | |
1689 or between two intervals. | |
1690 | |
1691 If the text goes into the middle of an interval, then new | |
1692 intervals are created in the middle with only the properties of | |
1693 the new text, *unless* the macro MERGE_INSERTIONS is true, in | |
1694 which case the new text has the union of its properties and those | |
1695 of the text into which it was inserted. | |
1696 | |
1697 If the text goes between two intervals, then if neither interval | |
1164 | 1698 had its appropriate sticky property set (front_sticky, rear_sticky), |
1699 the new text has only its properties. If one of the sticky properties | |
1157 | 1700 is set, then the new text "sticks" to that region and its properties |
3591
507f64624555
Apply typo patches from Paul Eggert.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
3490
diff
changeset
|
1701 depend on merging as above. If both the preceding and succeeding |
1164 | 1702 intervals to the new text are "sticky", then the new text retains |
1703 only its properties, as if neither sticky property were set. Perhaps | |
1157 | 1704 we should consider merging all three sets of properties onto the new |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1705 text... */ |
1157 | 1706 |
1707 void | |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1708 graft_intervals_into_buffer (source, position, length, buffer, inherit) |
1211 | 1709 INTERVAL source; |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1710 int position, length; |
1211 | 1711 struct buffer *buffer; |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1712 int inherit; |
1157 | 1713 { |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1714 register INTERVAL under, over, this, prev; |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1715 register INTERVAL tree; |
52577
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1716 int over_used; |
1157 | 1717 |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1718 tree = BUF_INTERVALS (buffer); |
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1719 |
40920
eb5f176de735
(graft_intervals_into_buffer):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40798
diff
changeset
|
1720 /* If the new text has no properties, then with inheritance it |
eb5f176de735
(graft_intervals_into_buffer):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40798
diff
changeset
|
1721 becomes part of whatever interval it was inserted into. |
eb5f176de735
(graft_intervals_into_buffer):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40798
diff
changeset
|
1722 To prevent inheritance, we must clear out the properties |
eb5f176de735
(graft_intervals_into_buffer):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40798
diff
changeset
|
1723 of the newly inserted text. */ |
1211 | 1724 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (source)) |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1725 { |
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1726 Lisp_Object buf; |
41531
960d5d2165b3
(graft_intervals_into_buffer):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
40920
diff
changeset
|
1727 if (!inherit && !NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree) && length > 0) |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1728 { |
9271
1971a6a8cdc0
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use new accessor macros instead of calling XSET
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9125
diff
changeset
|
1729 XSETBUFFER (buf, buffer); |
40920
eb5f176de735
(graft_intervals_into_buffer):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40798
diff
changeset
|
1730 set_text_properties_1 (make_number (position), |
eb5f176de735
(graft_intervals_into_buffer):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40798
diff
changeset
|
1731 make_number (position + length), |
eb5f176de735
(graft_intervals_into_buffer):
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40798
diff
changeset
|
1732 Qnil, buf, 0); |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1733 } |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1734 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer))) |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1735 /* Shouldn't be necessary. -stef */ |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1736 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = balance_an_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)); |
5169
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1737 return; |
d040c1a8ccbe
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4962
diff
changeset
|
1738 } |
1157 | 1739 |
1740 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree)) | |
1741 { | |
1742 /* The inserted text constitutes the whole buffer, so | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1743 simply copy over the interval structure. */ |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1744 if ((BUF_Z (buffer) - BUF_BEG (buffer)) == TOTAL_LENGTH (source)) |
1157 | 1745 { |
4223
b044f6d3c4cb
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): When TREE is null,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4135
diff
changeset
|
1746 Lisp_Object buf; |
9271
1971a6a8cdc0
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use new accessor macros instead of calling XSET
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9125
diff
changeset
|
1747 XSETBUFFER (buf, buffer); |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1748 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = reproduce_tree_obj (source, buf); |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1749 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)->position = BEG; |
52679
32ebe48159a6
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Handle over_used when splitting UNDER.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52577
diff
changeset
|
1750 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)->up_obj = 1; |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1751 |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1752 /* Explicitly free the old tree here? */ |
1157 | 1753 |
1754 return; | |
1755 } | |
1756 | |
1757 /* Create an interval tree in which to place a copy | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1758 of the intervals of the inserted string. */ |
1157 | 1759 { |
1307 | 1760 Lisp_Object buf; |
9271
1971a6a8cdc0
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use new accessor macros instead of calling XSET
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9125
diff
changeset
|
1761 XSETBUFFER (buf, buffer); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1762 tree = create_root_interval (buf); |
1157 | 1763 } |
1764 } | |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1765 else if (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) == TOTAL_LENGTH (source)) |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1766 /* If the buffer contains only the new string, but |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1767 there was already some interval tree there, then it may be |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1768 some zero length intervals. Eventually, do something clever |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1769 about inserting properly. For now, just waste the old intervals. */ |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1770 { |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
1771 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = reproduce_tree (source, INTERVAL_PARENT (tree)); |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1772 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)->position = BEG; |
52679
32ebe48159a6
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Handle over_used when splitting UNDER.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52577
diff
changeset
|
1773 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)->up_obj = 1; |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1774 /* Explicitly free the old tree here. */ |
1157 | 1775 |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1776 return; |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1777 } |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1778 /* Paranoia -- the text has already been added, so this buffer |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1779 should be of non-zero length. */ |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1780 else if (TOTAL_LENGTH (tree) == 0) |
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1781 abort (); |
1157 | 1782 |
1783 this = under = find_interval (tree, position); | |
1784 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (under)) /* Paranoia */ | |
1785 abort (); | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
1786 over = find_interval (source, interval_start_pos (source)); |
1157 | 1787 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1788 /* Here for insertion in the middle of an interval. |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1789 Split off an equivalent interval to the right, |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1790 then don't bother with it any more. */ |
1157 | 1791 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1792 if (position > under->position) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1793 { |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1794 INTERVAL end_unchanged |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
1795 = split_interval_left (this, position - under->position); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1796 copy_properties (under, end_unchanged); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1797 under->position = position; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1798 } |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1799 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1800 { |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1801 /* This call may have some effect because previous_interval may |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1802 update `position' fields of intervals. Thus, don't ignore it |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1803 for the moment. Someone please tell me the truth (K.Handa). */ |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1804 prev = previous_interval (under); |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1805 #if 0 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1806 /* But, this code surely has no effect. And, anyway, |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1807 END_NONSTICKY_P is unreliable now. */ |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1808 if (prev && !END_NONSTICKY_P (prev)) |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1809 prev = 0; |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
1810 #endif /* 0 */ |
1157 | 1811 } |
1812 | |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1813 /* Insertion is now at beginning of UNDER. */ |
1157 | 1814 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1815 /* The inserted text "sticks" to the interval `under', |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1816 which means it gets those properties. |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1817 The properties of under are the result of |
14036 | 1818 adjust_intervals_for_insertion, so stickiness has |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1819 already been taken care of. */ |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1820 |
52577
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1821 /* OVER is the interval we are copying from next. |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1822 OVER_USED says how many characters' worth of OVER |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1823 have already been copied into target intervals. |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1824 UNDER is the next interval in the target. */ |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1825 over_used = 0; |
1157 | 1826 while (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (over)) |
1827 { | |
52577
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1828 /* If UNDER is longer than OVER, split it. */ |
52679
32ebe48159a6
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Handle over_used when splitting UNDER.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52577
diff
changeset
|
1829 if (LENGTH (over) - over_used < LENGTH (under)) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1830 { |
52679
32ebe48159a6
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Handle over_used when splitting UNDER.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52577
diff
changeset
|
1831 this = split_interval_left (under, LENGTH (over) - over_used); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1832 copy_properties (under, this); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1833 } |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1834 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1835 this = under; |
52577
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1836 |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1837 /* THIS is now the interval to copy or merge into. |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1838 OVER covers all of it. */ |
4718
a05b833e61c4
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): New arg INHERIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4696
diff
changeset
|
1839 if (inherit) |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1840 merge_properties (over, this); |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1841 else |
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1842 copy_properties (over, this); |
52577
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1843 |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1844 /* If THIS and OVER end at the same place, |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1845 advance OVER to a new source interval. */ |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1846 if (LENGTH (this) == LENGTH (over) - over_used) |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1847 { |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1848 over = next_interval (over); |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1849 over_used = 0; |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1850 } |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1851 else |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1852 /* Otherwise just record that more of OVER has been used. */ |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1853 over_used += LENGTH (this); |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1854 |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1855 /* Always advance to a new target interval. */ |
0f4f05ddd3df
(graft_intervals_into_buffer): Correct the main loop
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1856 under = next_interval (this); |
1157 | 1857 } |
1858 | |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1859 if (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer))) |
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
1860 BUF_INTERVALS (buffer) = balance_an_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)); |
1157 | 1861 return; |
1862 } | |
1863 | |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1864 /* Get the value of property PROP from PLIST, |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1865 which is the plist of an interval. |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1866 We check for direct properties, for categories with property PROP, |
11133
119880025e8f
(Vdefault_text_properties): name changed from Vdefault_properties.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10927
diff
changeset
|
1867 and for PROP appearing on the default-text-properties list. */ |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1868 |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1869 Lisp_Object |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1870 textget (plist, prop) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1871 Lisp_Object plist; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1872 register Lisp_Object prop; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1873 { |
45781
d65729232269
(textget): Don't forget to `return'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45682
diff
changeset
|
1874 return lookup_char_property (plist, prop, 1); |
45682
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1875 } |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1876 |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1877 Lisp_Object |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1878 lookup_char_property (plist, prop, textprop) |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1879 Lisp_Object plist; |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1880 register Lisp_Object prop; |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1881 int textprop; |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1882 { |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1883 register Lisp_Object tail, fallback = Qnil; |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1884 |
45781
d65729232269
(textget): Don't forget to `return'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45682
diff
changeset
|
1885 for (tail = plist; CONSP (tail); tail = Fcdr (XCDR (tail))) |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1886 { |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1887 register Lisp_Object tem; |
45781
d65729232269
(textget): Don't forget to `return'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45682
diff
changeset
|
1888 tem = XCAR (tail); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1889 if (EQ (prop, tem)) |
45781
d65729232269
(textget): Don't forget to `return'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45682
diff
changeset
|
1890 return Fcar (XCDR (tail)); |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1891 if (EQ (tem, Qcategory)) |
8611
65a058371675
(textget): Ignore category prop if not a symbol.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7307
diff
changeset
|
1892 { |
45781
d65729232269
(textget): Don't forget to `return'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45682
diff
changeset
|
1893 tem = Fcar (XCDR (tail)); |
8611
65a058371675
(textget): Ignore category prop if not a symbol.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7307
diff
changeset
|
1894 if (SYMBOLP (tem)) |
65a058371675
(textget): Ignore category prop if not a symbol.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7307
diff
changeset
|
1895 fallback = Fget (tem, prop); |
65a058371675
(textget): Ignore category prop if not a symbol.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7307
diff
changeset
|
1896 } |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1897 } |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
1898 |
10927
7d02d12082ff
(textget): Check default_properties vbl too.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10563
diff
changeset
|
1899 if (! NILP (fallback)) |
7d02d12082ff
(textget): Check default_properties vbl too.
Boris Goldowsky <boris@gnu.org>
parents:
10563
diff
changeset
|
1900 return fallback; |
45682
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1901 /* Check for alternative properties */ |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1902 tail = Fassq (prop, Vchar_property_alias_alist); |
55707
7bb86df9311f
(lookup_char_property): Do not prematurely return nil.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
52679
diff
changeset
|
1903 if (! NILP (tail)) |
7bb86df9311f
(lookup_char_property): Do not prematurely return nil.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
52679
diff
changeset
|
1904 { |
7bb86df9311f
(lookup_char_property): Do not prematurely return nil.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
52679
diff
changeset
|
1905 tail = XCDR (tail); |
7bb86df9311f
(lookup_char_property): Do not prematurely return nil.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
52679
diff
changeset
|
1906 for (; NILP (fallback) && CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
7bb86df9311f
(lookup_char_property): Do not prematurely return nil.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
52679
diff
changeset
|
1907 fallback = Fplist_get (plist, XCAR (tail)); |
7bb86df9311f
(lookup_char_property): Do not prematurely return nil.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
52679
diff
changeset
|
1908 } |
7bb86df9311f
(lookup_char_property): Do not prematurely return nil.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
52679
diff
changeset
|
1909 |
45682
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1910 if (textprop && NILP (fallback) && CONSP (Vdefault_text_properties)) |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1911 fallback = Fplist_get (Vdefault_text_properties, prop); |
b9f2c8b7c60e
(lookup_char_property): New function for looking up overlay and text
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
43898
diff
changeset
|
1912 return fallback; |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
1913 } |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
1914 |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
1915 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1916 /* Set point "temporarily", without checking any text properties. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1917 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1918 INLINE void |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1919 temp_set_point (buffer, charpos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1920 struct buffer *buffer; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1921 int charpos; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1922 { |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1923 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1924 buf_charpos_to_bytepos (buffer, charpos)); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1925 } |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1926 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1927 /* Set point in BUFFER "temporarily" to CHARPOS, which corresponds to |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1928 byte position BYTEPOS. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1929 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1930 INLINE void |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1931 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos) |
20936
5c60cd16452b
(temp_set_point_both): Declare arg BYTEPOS as int.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20908
diff
changeset
|
1932 int charpos, bytepos; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1933 struct buffer *buffer; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1934 { |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1935 /* In a single-byte buffer, the two positions must be equal. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1936 if (BUF_ZV (buffer) == BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1937 && charpos != bytepos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1938 abort (); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1939 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1940 if (charpos > bytepos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1941 abort (); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1942 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1943 if (charpos > BUF_ZV (buffer) || charpos < BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1944 abort (); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1945 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1946 BUF_PT_BYTE (buffer) = bytepos; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1947 BUF_PT (buffer) = charpos; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1948 } |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1949 |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1950 /* Set point in BUFFER to CHARPOS. If the target position is |
7104 | 1951 before an intangible character, move to an ok place. */ |
1157 | 1952 |
1953 void | |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1954 set_point (buffer, charpos) |
1157 | 1955 register struct buffer *buffer; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1956 register int charpos; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1957 { |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1958 set_point_both (buffer, charpos, buf_charpos_to_bytepos (buffer, charpos)); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1959 } |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
1960 |
43898
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1961 /* If there's an invisible character at position POS + TEST_OFFS in the |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1962 current buffer, and the invisible property has a `stickiness' such that |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1963 inserting a character at position POS would inherit the property it, |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1964 return POS + ADJ, otherwise return POS. If TEST_INTANG is non-zero, |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1965 then intangibility is required as well as invisibleness. |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1966 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1967 TEST_OFFS should be either 0 or -1, and ADJ should be either 1 or -1. |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1968 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1969 Note that `stickiness' is determined by overlay marker insertion types, |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
1970 if the invisible property comes from an overlay. */ |
43898
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1971 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1972 static int |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1973 adjust_for_invis_intang (pos, test_offs, adj, test_intang) |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1974 int pos, test_offs, adj, test_intang; |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1975 { |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1976 Lisp_Object invis_propval, invis_overlay; |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1977 Lisp_Object test_pos; |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1978 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1979 if ((adj < 0 && pos + adj < BEGV) || (adj > 0 && pos + adj > ZV)) |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1980 /* POS + ADJ would be beyond the buffer bounds, so do no adjustment. */ |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1981 return pos; |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1982 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1983 test_pos = make_number (pos + test_offs); |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1984 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1985 invis_propval |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1986 = get_char_property_and_overlay (test_pos, Qinvisible, Qnil, |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1987 &invis_overlay); |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1988 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1989 if ((!test_intang |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1990 || ! NILP (Fget_char_property (test_pos, Qintangible, Qnil))) |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1991 && TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invis_propval) |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1992 /* This next test is true if the invisible property has a stickiness |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1993 such that an insertion at POS would inherit it. */ |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1994 && (NILP (invis_overlay) |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1995 /* Invisible property is from a text-property. */ |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
1996 ? (text_property_stickiness (Qinvisible, make_number (pos), Qnil) |
43898
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1997 == (test_offs == 0 ? 1 : -1)) |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1998 /* Invisible property is from an overlay. */ |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
1999 : (test_offs == 0 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2000 ? XMARKER (OVERLAY_START (invis_overlay))->insertion_type == 0 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2001 : XMARKER (OVERLAY_END (invis_overlay))->insertion_type == 1))) |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2002 pos += adj; |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2003 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2004 return pos; |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2005 } |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2006 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2007 /* Set point in BUFFER to CHARPOS, which corresponds to byte |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
2008 position BYTEPOS. If the target position is |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2009 before an intangible character, move to an ok place. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2010 |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2011 void |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2012 set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2013 register struct buffer *buffer; |
20936
5c60cd16452b
(temp_set_point_both): Declare arg BYTEPOS as int.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
20908
diff
changeset
|
2014 register int charpos, bytepos; |
1157 | 2015 { |
25747
062f4c69ff56
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Add braces to avoid
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25662
diff
changeset
|
2016 register INTERVAL to, from, toprev, fromprev; |
1157 | 2017 int buffer_point; |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
2018 int old_position = BUF_PT (buffer); |
70842 | 2019 /* This ensures that we move forward past intangible text when the |
2020 initial position is the same as the destination, in the rare | |
2021 instances where this is important, e.g. in line-move-finish | |
2022 (simple.el). */ | |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2023 int backwards = (charpos < old_position ? 1 : 0); |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2024 int have_overlays; |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2025 int original_position; |
1157 | 2026 |
10563
d35f5eca6dd5
(set_point): Set point_before_scroll to nil.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10313
diff
changeset
|
2027 buffer->point_before_scroll = Qnil; |
d35f5eca6dd5
(set_point): Set point_before_scroll to nil.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10313
diff
changeset
|
2028 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2029 if (charpos == BUF_PT (buffer)) |
1157 | 2030 return; |
2031 | |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2032 /* In a single-byte buffer, the two positions must be equal. */ |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2033 if (BUF_ZV (buffer) == BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2034 && charpos != bytepos) |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2035 abort (); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2036 |
2779
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
2037 /* Check this now, before checking if the buffer has any intervals. |
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
2038 That way, we can catch conditions which break this sanity check |
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
2039 whether or not there are intervals in the buffer. */ |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2040 if (charpos > BUF_ZV (buffer) || charpos < BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
2779
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
2041 abort (); |
857bb0f59668
* intervals.c (set_point): Check for point out of bounds before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2090
diff
changeset
|
2042 |
51836
483cd3e6154f
(set_point_both): Use new type for overlays_(before|after).
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51121
diff
changeset
|
2043 have_overlays = (buffer->overlays_before || buffer->overlays_after); |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2044 |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2045 /* If we have no text properties and overlays, |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2046 then we can do it quickly. */ |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2047 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer)) && ! have_overlays) |
1157 | 2048 { |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2049 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos); |
1157 | 2050 return; |
2051 } | |
2052 | |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2053 /* Set TO to the interval containing the char after CHARPOS, |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2054 and TOPREV to the interval containing the char before CHARPOS. |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2055 Either one may be null. They may be equal. */ |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2056 to = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), charpos); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2057 if (charpos == BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
2058 toprev = 0; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2059 else if (to && to->position == charpos) |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2060 toprev = previous_interval (to); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2061 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2062 toprev = to; |
1211 | 2063 |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
2064 buffer_point = (BUF_PT (buffer) == BUF_ZV (buffer) |
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
2065 ? BUF_ZV (buffer) - 1 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2066 : BUF_PT (buffer)); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2067 |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2068 /* Set FROM to the interval containing the char after PT, |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2069 and FROMPREV to the interval containing the char before PT. |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2070 Either one may be null. They may be equal. */ |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
2071 /* We could cache this and save time. */ |
10313
55ce83f36b30
Use BUF_INTERVALS throughout.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10113
diff
changeset
|
2072 from = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), buffer_point); |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
2073 if (buffer_point == BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
2074 fromprev = 0; |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2075 else if (from && from->position == BUF_PT (buffer)) |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2076 fromprev = previous_interval (from); |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2077 else if (buffer_point != BUF_PT (buffer)) |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2078 fromprev = from, from = 0; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2079 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2080 fromprev = from; |
1157 | 2081 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
2082 /* Moving within an interval. */ |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2083 if (to == from && toprev == fromprev && INTERVAL_VISIBLE_P (to) |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2084 && ! have_overlays) |
1157 | 2085 { |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2086 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos); |
1157 | 2087 return; |
2088 } | |
2089 | |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2090 original_position = charpos; |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2091 |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2092 /* If the new position is between two intangible characters |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2093 with the same intangible property value, |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2094 move forward or backward until a change in that property. */ |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2095 if (NILP (Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks) |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2096 && ((! NULL_INTERVAL_P (to) && ! NULL_INTERVAL_P (toprev)) |
16716
2ecf4bb329a8
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16708
diff
changeset
|
2097 || have_overlays) |
2ecf4bb329a8
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16708
diff
changeset
|
2098 /* Intangibility never stops us from positioning at the beginning |
2ecf4bb329a8
(set_point): Use virtual bounds, not real bounds,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16708
diff
changeset
|
2099 or end of the buffer, so don't bother checking in that case. */ |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2100 && charpos != BEGV && charpos != ZV) |
1157 | 2101 { |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2102 Lisp_Object pos; |
43898
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2103 Lisp_Object intangible_propval; |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2104 |
9072
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
2105 if (backwards) |
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
2106 { |
50656 | 2107 /* If the preceding character is both intangible and invisible, |
43898
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2108 and the invisible property is `rear-sticky', perturb it so |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2109 that the search starts one character earlier -- this ensures |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2110 that point can never move to the end of an invisible/ |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2111 intangible/rear-sticky region. */ |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2112 charpos = adjust_for_invis_intang (charpos, -1, -1, 1); |
42365
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2113 |
43898
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2114 XSETINT (pos, charpos); |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2115 |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2116 /* If following char is intangible, |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2117 skip back over all chars with matching intangible property. */ |
42365
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2118 |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2119 intangible_propval = Fget_char_property (pos, Qintangible, Qnil); |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2120 |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2121 if (! NILP (intangible_propval)) |
42365
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2122 { |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2123 while (XINT (pos) > BUF_BEGV (buffer) |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2124 && EQ (Fget_char_property (make_number (XINT (pos) - 1), |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2125 Qintangible, Qnil), |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2126 intangible_propval)) |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2127 pos = Fprevious_char_property_change (pos, Qnil); |
43898
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2128 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2129 /* Set CHARPOS from POS, and if the final intangible character |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2130 that we skipped over is also invisible, and the invisible |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2131 property is `front-sticky', perturb it to be one character |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2132 earlier -- this ensures that point can never move to the |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2133 beginning of an invisible/intangible/front-sticky region. */ |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2134 charpos = adjust_for_invis_intang (XINT (pos), 0, -1, 0); |
42365
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2135 } |
9072
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
2136 } |
3734
5ada670e1fd8
(set_point): When moving over invis chars,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3591
diff
changeset
|
2137 else |
9072
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
2138 { |
43898
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2139 /* If the following character is both intangible and invisible, |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2140 and the invisible property is `front-sticky', perturb it so |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2141 that the search starts one character later -- this ensures |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2142 that point can never move to the beginning of an |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2143 invisible/intangible/front-sticky region. */ |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2144 charpos = adjust_for_invis_intang (charpos, 0, 1, 1); |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2145 |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2146 XSETINT (pos, charpos); |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2147 |
42365
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2148 /* If preceding char is intangible, |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2149 skip forward over all chars with matching intangible property. */ |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2150 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2151 intangible_propval = Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos - 1), |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2152 Qintangible, Qnil); |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2153 |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2154 if (! NILP (intangible_propval)) |
42365
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2155 { |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2156 while (XINT (pos) < BUF_ZV (buffer) |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2157 && EQ (Fget_char_property (pos, Qintangible, Qnil), |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2158 intangible_propval)) |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2159 pos = Fnext_char_property_change (pos, Qnil); |
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2160 |
43898
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2161 /* Set CHARPOS from POS, and if the final intangible character |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2162 that we skipped over is also invisible, and the invisible |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2163 property is `rear-sticky', perturb it to be one character |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2164 later -- this ensures that point can never move to the |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2165 end of an invisible/intangible/rear-sticky region. */ |
8b2a2bd229c3
(adjust_for_invis_intang): New function.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
42365
diff
changeset
|
2166 charpos = adjust_for_invis_intang (XINT (pos), -1, 1, 0); |
42365
3af09e7320c0
(set_point_both): The position after an invisible, intangible
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41901
diff
changeset
|
2167 } |
9072
21517199cfae
(set_point): If Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks, ignore intangible properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8897
diff
changeset
|
2168 } |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2169 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2170 bytepos = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (buffer, charpos); |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2171 } |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2172 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2173 if (charpos != original_position) |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2174 { |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2175 /* Set TO to the interval containing the char after CHARPOS, |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2176 and TOPREV to the interval containing the char before CHARPOS. |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2177 Either one may be null. They may be equal. */ |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2178 to = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), charpos); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2179 if (charpos == BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2180 toprev = 0; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2181 else if (to && to->position == charpos) |
16680
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2182 toprev = previous_interval (to); |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2183 else |
82898b671633
(set_point): Check for intangible properties on overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16124
diff
changeset
|
2184 toprev = to; |
1157 | 2185 } |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2186 |
11327
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2187 /* Here TO is the interval after the stopping point |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2188 and TOPREV is the interval before the stopping point. |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2189 One or the other may be null. */ |
76908dad81a4
(set_point): When skipping intangible text,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
2190 |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2191 temp_set_point_both (buffer, charpos, bytepos); |
1157 | 2192 |
1288 | 2193 /* We run point-left and point-entered hooks here, iff the |
2194 two intervals are not equivalent. These hooks take | |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2195 (old_point, new_point) as arguments. */ |
4243
23fe7f6c9ae4
(set_point): Test Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4223
diff
changeset
|
2196 if (NILP (Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks) |
23fe7f6c9ae4
(set_point): Test Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4223
diff
changeset
|
2197 && (! intervals_equal (from, to) |
23fe7f6c9ae4
(set_point): Test Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4223
diff
changeset
|
2198 || ! intervals_equal (fromprev, toprev))) |
1211 | 2199 { |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2200 Lisp_Object leave_after, leave_before, enter_after, enter_before; |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2201 |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2202 if (fromprev) |
70619
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2203 leave_before = textget (fromprev->plist, Qpoint_left); |
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2204 else |
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2205 leave_before = Qnil; |
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2206 |
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2207 if (from) |
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2208 leave_after = textget (from->plist, Qpoint_left); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2209 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2210 leave_after = Qnil; |
1211 | 2211 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2212 if (toprev) |
70619
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2213 enter_before = textget (toprev->plist, Qpoint_entered); |
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2214 else |
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2215 enter_before = Qnil; |
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2216 |
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2217 if (to) |
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2218 enter_after = textget (to->plist, Qpoint_entered); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2219 else |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2220 enter_after = Qnil; |
1211 | 2221 |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2222 if (! EQ (leave_before, enter_before) && !NILP (leave_before)) |
70619
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2223 call2 (leave_before, make_number (old_position), |
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2224 make_number (charpos)); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2225 if (! EQ (leave_after, enter_after) && !NILP (leave_after)) |
70619
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2226 call2 (leave_after, make_number (old_position), |
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2227 make_number (charpos)); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2228 |
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2229 if (! EQ (enter_before, leave_before) && !NILP (enter_before)) |
70619
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2230 call2 (enter_before, make_number (old_position), |
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2231 make_number (charpos)); |
1964
e6c49ff3a53c
(intervals_equal): Handle one arg null and other not.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1958
diff
changeset
|
2232 if (! EQ (enter_after, leave_after) && !NILP (enter_after)) |
70619
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2233 call2 (enter_after, make_number (old_position), |
f5917c21d187
* intervals.c (set_point_both): Fix mixup before before and after
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
2234 make_number (charpos)); |
1211 | 2235 } |
1157 | 2236 } |
2052
48c83a34c005
(verify_interval_modification): Handle insertions
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
1964
diff
changeset
|
2237 |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2238 /* Move point to POSITION, unless POSITION is inside an intangible |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2239 segment that reaches all the way to point. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2240 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2241 void |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2242 move_if_not_intangible (position) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2243 int position; |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2244 { |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2245 Lisp_Object pos; |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2246 Lisp_Object intangible_propval; |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2247 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2248 XSETINT (pos, position); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2249 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2250 if (! NILP (Vinhibit_point_motion_hooks)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2251 /* If intangible is inhibited, always move point to POSITION. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2252 ; |
18613
614b916ff5bf
Fix bugs with inappropriate mixing of Lisp_Object with int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18125
diff
changeset
|
2253 else if (PT < position && XINT (pos) < ZV) |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2254 { |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2255 /* We want to move forward, so check the text before POSITION. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2256 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2257 intangible_propval = Fget_char_property (pos, |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2258 Qintangible, Qnil); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2259 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2260 /* If following char is intangible, |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2261 skip back over all chars with matching intangible property. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2262 if (! NILP (intangible_propval)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2263 while (XINT (pos) > BEGV |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2264 && EQ (Fget_char_property (make_number (XINT (pos) - 1), |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2265 Qintangible, Qnil), |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2266 intangible_propval)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2267 pos = Fprevious_char_property_change (pos, Qnil); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2268 } |
18613
614b916ff5bf
Fix bugs with inappropriate mixing of Lisp_Object with int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18125
diff
changeset
|
2269 else if (XINT (pos) > BEGV) |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2270 { |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2271 /* We want to move backward, so check the text after POSITION. */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2272 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2273 intangible_propval = Fget_char_property (make_number (XINT (pos) - 1), |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2274 Qintangible, Qnil); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2275 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2276 /* If following char is intangible, |
24910 | 2277 skip forward over all chars with matching intangible property. */ |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2278 if (! NILP (intangible_propval)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2279 while (XINT (pos) < ZV |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2280 && EQ (Fget_char_property (pos, Qintangible, Qnil), |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2281 intangible_propval)) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2282 pos = Fnext_char_property_change (pos, Qnil); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2283 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2284 } |
56693
d66d7e7354e3
(move_if_not_intangible): Force POSITION to be between BEGV and ZV.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
55707
diff
changeset
|
2285 else if (position < BEGV) |
d66d7e7354e3
(move_if_not_intangible): Force POSITION to be between BEGV and ZV.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
55707
diff
changeset
|
2286 position = BEGV; |
d66d7e7354e3
(move_if_not_intangible): Force POSITION to be between BEGV and ZV.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
55707
diff
changeset
|
2287 else if (position > ZV) |
d66d7e7354e3
(move_if_not_intangible): Force POSITION to be between BEGV and ZV.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
55707
diff
changeset
|
2288 position = ZV; |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2289 |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
2290 /* If the whole stretch between PT and POSITION isn't intangible, |
18076
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2291 try moving to POSITION (which means we actually move farther |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2292 if POSITION is inside of intangible text). */ |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2293 |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2294 if (XINT (pos) != PT) |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2295 SET_PT (position); |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2296 } |
1a2e6b512688
(move_if_not_intangible): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17466
diff
changeset
|
2297 |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2298 /* If text at position POS has property PROP, set *VAL to the property |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2299 value, *START and *END to the beginning and end of a region that |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2300 has the same property, and return 1. Otherwise return 0. |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2301 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2302 OBJECT is the string or buffer to look for the property in; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2303 nil means the current buffer. */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2304 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2305 int |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2306 get_property_and_range (pos, prop, val, start, end, object) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2307 int pos; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2308 Lisp_Object prop, *val; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2309 int *start, *end; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2310 Lisp_Object object; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2311 { |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2312 INTERVAL i, prev, next; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2313 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2314 if (NILP (object)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2315 i = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (current_buffer), pos); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2316 else if (BUFFERP (object)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2317 i = find_interval (BUF_INTERVALS (XBUFFER (object)), pos); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2318 else if (STRINGP (object)) |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
45781
diff
changeset
|
2319 i = find_interval (STRING_INTERVALS (object), pos); |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2320 else |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2321 abort (); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2322 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2323 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i) || (i->position + LENGTH (i) <= pos)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2324 return 0; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2325 *val = textget (i->plist, prop); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2326 if (NILP (*val)) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2327 return 0; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2328 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2329 next = i; /* remember it in advance */ |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2330 prev = previous_interval (i); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2331 while (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (prev) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2332 && EQ (*val, textget (prev->plist, prop))) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2333 i = prev, prev = previous_interval (prev); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2334 *start = i->position; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2335 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2336 next = next_interval (i); |
47942
080b4586492b
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
46380
diff
changeset
|
2337 while (! NULL_INTERVAL_P (next) |
26862
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2338 && EQ (*val, textget (next->plist, prop))) |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2339 i = next, next = next_interval (next); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2340 *end = i->position + LENGTH (i); |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2341 |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2342 return 1; |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2343 } |
abfcde8428cb
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): To check stickines
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26404
diff
changeset
|
2344 |
35256
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2345 /* Return the proper local keymap TYPE for position POSITION in |
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2346 BUFFER; TYPE should be one of `keymap' or `local-map'. Use the map |
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2347 specified by the PROP property, if any. Otherwise, if TYPE is |
70655
089c7a7af5c9
(get_local_map): Abort if POSITION outside BEGV, ZV.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70619
diff
changeset
|
2348 `local-map' use BUFFER's local map. |
089c7a7af5c9
(get_local_map): Abort if POSITION outside BEGV, ZV.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70619
diff
changeset
|
2349 |
089c7a7af5c9
(get_local_map): Abort if POSITION outside BEGV, ZV.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70619
diff
changeset
|
2350 POSITION must be in the accessible part of BUFFER. */ |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2351 |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2352 Lisp_Object |
29278
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2353 get_local_map (position, buffer, type) |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2354 register int position; |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2355 register struct buffer *buffer; |
35256
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2356 Lisp_Object type; |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2357 { |
34959
b96af6cd903d
(get_local_map): Remove unused variable `tem'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
32988
diff
changeset
|
2358 Lisp_Object prop, lispy_position, lispy_buffer; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2359 int old_begv, old_zv, old_begv_byte, old_zv_byte; |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2360 |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
2361 /* Perhaps we should just change `position' to the limit. */ |
70655
089c7a7af5c9
(get_local_map): Abort if POSITION outside BEGV, ZV.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70619
diff
changeset
|
2362 if (position > BUF_ZV (buffer) || position < BUF_BEGV (buffer)) |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2363 abort (); |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2364 |
11660
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2365 /* Ignore narrowing, so that a local map continues to be valid even if |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2366 the visible region contains no characters and hence no properties. */ |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2367 old_begv = BUF_BEGV (buffer); |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2368 old_zv = BUF_ZV (buffer); |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2369 old_begv_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (buffer); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2370 old_zv_byte = BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer); |
11660
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2371 BUF_BEGV (buffer) = BUF_BEG (buffer); |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2372 BUF_ZV (buffer) = BUF_Z (buffer); |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2373 BUF_BEGV_BYTE (buffer) = BUF_BEG_BYTE (buffer); |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2374 BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer) = BUF_Z_BYTE (buffer); |
11660
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2375 |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2376 XSETFASTINT (lispy_position, position); |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2377 XSETBUFFER (lispy_buffer, buffer); |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
2378 /* First check if the CHAR has any property. This is because when |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
2379 we click with the mouse, the mouse pointer is really pointing |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
2380 to the CHAR after POS. */ |
35256
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2381 prop = Fget_char_property (lispy_position, type, lispy_buffer); |
51043
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
2382 /* If not, look at the POS's properties. This is necessary because when |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
2383 editing a field with a `local-map' property, we want insertion at the end |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
2384 to obey the `local-map' property. */ |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
2385 if (NILP (prop)) |
ba92da4f009a
(create_root_interval, graft_intervals_into_buffer): Use BEG.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50656
diff
changeset
|
2386 prop = get_pos_property (lispy_position, type, lispy_buffer); |
11660
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2387 |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2388 BUF_BEGV (buffer) = old_begv; |
7c7519c2a45a
(get_local_map): Use Fget_char_property, so that
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11327
diff
changeset
|
2389 BUF_ZV (buffer) = old_zv; |
20557
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2390 BUF_BEGV_BYTE (buffer) = old_begv_byte; |
b1edf278ca98
(set_point_both): Renamed from set_point;
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20317
diff
changeset
|
2391 BUF_ZV_BYTE (buffer) = old_zv_byte; |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2392 |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2393 /* Use the local map only if it is valid. */ |
32988
c3435dc00ed7
* lisp.h (KEYMAPP): New macro.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
29278
diff
changeset
|
2394 prop = get_keymap (prop, 0, 0); |
c3435dc00ed7
* lisp.h (KEYMAPP): New macro.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
29278
diff
changeset
|
2395 if (CONSP (prop)) |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2396 return prop; |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2397 |
35256
f39ff8270082
(get_local_map): Change TYPE to Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34959
diff
changeset
|
2398 if (EQ (type, Qkeymap)) |
29278
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2399 return Qnil; |
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2400 else |
fcb030c7708e
(get_local_map): Extra arg to allow looking for `keymap' too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28406
diff
changeset
|
2401 return buffer->keymap; |
2090
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2402 } |
c7e1308a7184
(set_point): Check invisibility of following character, not previous character.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2052
diff
changeset
|
2403 |
1211 | 2404 /* Produce an interval tree reflecting the intervals in |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2405 TREE from START to START + LENGTH. |
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2406 The new interval tree has no parent and has a starting-position of 0. */ |
1157 | 2407 |
1316
f09c5c6563b8
* intervals.c: `copy_intervals()' no longer static.
Joseph Arceneaux <jla@gnu.org>
parents:
1307
diff
changeset
|
2408 INTERVAL |
1157 | 2409 copy_intervals (tree, start, length) |
2410 INTERVAL tree; | |
2411 int start, length; | |
2412 { | |
2413 register INTERVAL i, new, t; | |
3490
07b454ddc666
(copy_intervals): Don't adjust total_length at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3333
diff
changeset
|
2414 register int got, prevlen; |
1157 | 2415 |
2416 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (tree) || length <= 0) | |
2417 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
2418 | |
2419 i = find_interval (tree, start); | |
2420 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (i) || LENGTH (i) == 0) | |
2421 abort (); | |
2422 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
2423 /* If there is only one interval and it's the default, return nil. */ |
1157 | 2424 if ((start - i->position + 1 + length) < LENGTH (i) |
2425 && DEFAULT_INTERVAL_P (i)) | |
2426 return NULL_INTERVAL; | |
2427 | |
2428 new = make_interval (); | |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2429 new->position = 0; |
1157 | 2430 got = (LENGTH (i) - (start - i->position)); |
1211 | 2431 new->total_length = length; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2432 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (new); |
1157 | 2433 copy_properties (i, new); |
2434 | |
2435 t = new; | |
3490
07b454ddc666
(copy_intervals): Don't adjust total_length at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3333
diff
changeset
|
2436 prevlen = got; |
1157 | 2437 while (got < length) |
2438 { | |
2439 i = next_interval (i); | |
4135
84ea8ebc9858
* intervals.c (split_interval_left, split_interval_right): Change
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
4080
diff
changeset
|
2440 t = split_interval_right (t, prevlen); |
1157 | 2441 copy_properties (i, t); |
3490
07b454ddc666
(copy_intervals): Don't adjust total_length at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3333
diff
changeset
|
2442 prevlen = LENGTH (i); |
07b454ddc666
(copy_intervals): Don't adjust total_length at the end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3333
diff
changeset
|
2443 got += prevlen; |
1157 | 2444 } |
2445 | |
5415
95882472f2da
(rotate_right, rotate_left): Simplify
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5250
diff
changeset
|
2446 return balance_an_interval (new); |
1157 | 2447 } |
2448 | |
4383
d4a36c1669e6
(adjust_intervals_for_insertion): Handle insertion
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4243
diff
changeset
|
2449 /* Give STRING the properties of BUFFER from POSITION to LENGTH. */ |
1157 | 2450 |
1288 | 2451 INLINE void |
1157 | 2452 copy_intervals_to_string (string, buffer, position, length) |
16110
4b672131c37f
(copy_intervals_to_string): Take arg as buffer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15734
diff
changeset
|
2453 Lisp_Object string; |
4b672131c37f
(copy_intervals_to_string): Take arg as buffer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15734
diff
changeset
|
2454 struct buffer *buffer; |
1157 | 2455 int position, length; |
2456 { | |
16110
4b672131c37f
(copy_intervals_to_string): Take arg as buffer.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15734
diff
changeset
|
2457 INTERVAL interval_copy = copy_intervals (BUF_INTERVALS (buffer), |
1157 | 2458 position, length); |
2459 if (NULL_INTERVAL_P (interval_copy)) | |
2460 return; | |
2461 | |
28269
fd13be8ae190
Changes towards better type safety regarding intervals, primarily
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26862
diff
changeset
|
2462 SET_INTERVAL_OBJECT (interval_copy, string); |
46380
48b292c584a6
* intervals.c (create_root_interval, balance_possible_root_interval,
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
2463 STRING_SET_INTERVALS (string, interval_copy); |
1157 | 2464 } |
10113
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2465 |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2466 /* Return 1 if strings S1 and S2 have identical properties; 0 otherwise. |
10113
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2467 Assume they have identical characters. */ |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2468 |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2469 int |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2470 compare_string_intervals (s1, s2) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2471 Lisp_Object s1, s2; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2472 { |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2473 INTERVAL i1, i2; |
22343
542ccfb606c3
(create_root_interval): Initialize position to 0
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
2474 int pos = 0; |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
45781
diff
changeset
|
2475 int end = SCHARS (s1); |
10113
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2476 |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
45781
diff
changeset
|
2477 i1 = find_interval (STRING_INTERVALS (s1), 0); |
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
45781
diff
changeset
|
2478 i2 = find_interval (STRING_INTERVALS (s2), 0); |
10113
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2479 |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2480 while (pos < end) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2481 { |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2482 /* Determine how far we can go before we reach the end of I1 or I2. */ |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2483 int len1 = (i1 != 0 ? INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i1) : end) - pos; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2484 int len2 = (i2 != 0 ? INTERVAL_LAST_POS (i2) : end) - pos; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2485 int distance = min (len1, len2); |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2486 |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2487 /* If we ever find a mismatch between the strings, |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2488 they differ. */ |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2489 if (! intervals_equal (i1, i2)) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2490 return 0; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2491 |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2492 /* Advance POS till the end of the shorter interval, |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2493 and advance one or both interval pointers for the new position. */ |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2494 pos += distance; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2495 if (len1 == distance) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2496 i1 = next_interval (i1); |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2497 if (len2 == distance) |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2498 i2 = next_interval (i2); |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2499 } |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2500 return 1; |
9d72d79329c3
(compare_string_intervals): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9461
diff
changeset
|
2501 } |
20677
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2502 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2503 /* Recursively adjust interval I in the current buffer |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2504 for setting enable_multibyte_characters to MULTI_FLAG. |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2505 The range of interval I is START ... END in characters, |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2506 START_BYTE ... END_BYTE in bytes. */ |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2507 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2508 static void |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2509 set_intervals_multibyte_1 (i, multi_flag, start, start_byte, end, end_byte) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2510 INTERVAL i; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2511 int multi_flag; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2512 int start, start_byte, end, end_byte; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2513 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2514 /* Fix the length of this interval. */ |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2515 if (multi_flag) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2516 i->total_length = end - start; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2517 else |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2518 i->total_length = end_byte - start_byte; |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2519 CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2520 |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2521 if (TOTAL_LENGTH (i) == 0) |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2522 { |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2523 delete_interval (i); |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2524 return; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2525 } |
20677
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2526 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2527 /* Recursively fix the length of the subintervals. */ |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2528 if (i->left) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2529 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2530 int left_end, left_end_byte; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2531 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2532 if (multi_flag) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2533 { |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2534 int temp; |
20677
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2535 left_end_byte = start_byte + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2536 left_end = BYTE_TO_CHAR (left_end_byte); |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2537 |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2538 temp = CHAR_TO_BYTE (left_end); |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2539 |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2540 /* If LEFT_END_BYTE is in the middle of a character, |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2541 adjust it and LEFT_END to a char boundary. */ |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2542 if (left_end_byte > temp) |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2543 { |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2544 left_end_byte = temp; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2545 } |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2546 if (left_end_byte < temp) |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2547 { |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2548 left_end--; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2549 left_end_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (left_end); |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2550 } |
20677
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2551 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2552 else |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2553 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2554 left_end = start + LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2555 left_end_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (left_end); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2556 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2557 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2558 set_intervals_multibyte_1 (i->left, multi_flag, start, start_byte, |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2559 left_end, left_end_byte); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2560 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2561 if (i->right) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2562 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2563 int right_start_byte, right_start; |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2564 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2565 if (multi_flag) |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2566 { |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2567 int temp; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2568 |
20677
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2569 right_start_byte = end_byte - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2570 right_start = BYTE_TO_CHAR (right_start_byte); |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2571 |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2572 /* If RIGHT_START_BYTE is in the middle of a character, |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2573 adjust it and RIGHT_START to a char boundary. */ |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2574 temp = CHAR_TO_BYTE (right_start); |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2575 |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2576 if (right_start_byte < temp) |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2577 { |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2578 right_start_byte = temp; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2579 } |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2580 if (right_start_byte > temp) |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2581 { |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2582 right_start++; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2583 right_start_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (right_start); |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2584 } |
20677
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2585 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2586 else |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2587 { |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2588 right_start = end - RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2589 right_start_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (right_start); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2590 } |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2591 |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2592 set_intervals_multibyte_1 (i->right, multi_flag, |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2593 right_start, right_start_byte, |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2594 end, end_byte); |
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2595 } |
50471
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2596 |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2597 /* Rounding to char boundaries can theoretically ake this interval |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2598 spurious. If so, delete one child, and copy its property list |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2599 to this interval. */ |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2600 if (LEFT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i) + RIGHT_TOTAL_LENGTH (i) >= TOTAL_LENGTH (i)) |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2601 { |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2602 if ((i)->left) |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2603 { |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2604 (i)->plist = (i)->left->plist; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2605 (i)->left->total_length = 0; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2606 delete_interval ((i)->left); |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2607 } |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2608 else |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2609 { |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2610 (i)->plist = (i)->right->plist; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2611 (i)->right->total_length = 0; |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2612 delete_interval ((i)->right); |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2613 } |
dc1f6aa29285
Add many calls to CHECK_TOTAL_LENGTH.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
47942
diff
changeset
|
2614 } |
20677
3cb3da7382f5
(set_intervals_multibyte): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20557
diff
changeset
|
2615 } |
1301
5a27062b8b7f
* intervals.c: Conditionalize all functions on
Joseph Arceneaux <jla@gnu.org>
parents:
1288
diff
changeset
|
2616 |
21351
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2617 /* Update the intervals of the current buffer |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2618 to fit the contents as multibyte (if MULTI_FLAG is 1) |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2619 or to fit them as non-multibyte (if MULTI_FLAG is 0). */ |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2620 |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2621 void |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2622 set_intervals_multibyte (multi_flag) |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2623 int multi_flag; |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2624 { |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2625 if (BUF_INTERVALS (current_buffer)) |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2626 set_intervals_multibyte_1 (BUF_INTERVALS (current_buffer), multi_flag, |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2627 BEG, BEG_BYTE, Z, Z_BYTE); |
78203467fc7d
(set_intervals_multibyte): Function moved after set_intervals_multibyte_1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21012
diff
changeset
|
2628 } |
52401 | 2629 |
2630 /* arch-tag: 3d402b60-083c-4271-b4a3-ebd9a74bfe27 | |
2631 (do not change this comment) */ |